From 28d62e793214009a2f9769574a9ff040efb09ff0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yuri Chornoivan Date: Sat, 24 Jun 2017 10:26:29 +0300 Subject: Get the logo for PDFs back --- docs/installer/ca.po | 2 +- docs/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/cs.po | 2 +- docs/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml | 18 +- docs/installer/de.po | 2 +- docs/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/el.po | 2 +- docs/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 193 +++---------------- docs/installer/eo/addUser.xml | 80 ++------ docs/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml | 56 +++--- docs/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml | 57 +++--- docs/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml | 39 ++-- docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml | 124 ++++++------ docs/installer/eo/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml | 86 ++++----- docs/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml | 258 ++++++++++++++++++------- docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 68 +------ docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/es.po | 2 +- docs/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/et.po | 2 +- docs/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/eu.po | 2 +- docs/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/fr.po | 2 +- docs/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/hr.po | 217 ++++++++++++--------- docs/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 193 +++---------------- docs/installer/hr/addUser.xml | 80 ++------ docs/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml | 57 +++--- docs/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/hr/misc-params.xml | 125 ++++++------ docs/installer/hr/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml | 75 +++----- docs/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml | 260 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 68 +------ docs/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 23 +-- docs/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml | 18 +- docs/installer/id.po | 2 +- docs/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 193 +++---------------- docs/installer/id/addUser.xml | 82 ++------ docs/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/id/diskdrake.xml | 59 +++--- docs/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/id/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/id/misc-params.xml | 126 ++++++------ docs/installer/id/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/id/selectCountry.xml | 85 ++++---- docs/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml | 260 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 69 +------ docs/installer/id/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/it.po | 2 +- docs/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 195 +++---------------- docs/installer/it/addUser.xml | 88 ++------- docs/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/it/diskdrake.xml | 57 +++--- docs/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/it/exitInstall.xml | 39 ++-- docs/installer/it/misc-params.xml | 125 ++++++------ docs/installer/it/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/it/selectCountry.xml | 75 +++----- docs/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml | 260 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 68 +------ docs/installer/it/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/ja.po | 2 +- docs/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/nb.po | 2 +- docs/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 25 +-- docs/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml | 18 +- docs/installer/nl.po | 2 +- docs/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/pl.po | 2 +- docs/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 133 ++----------- docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml | 25 +-- docs/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml | 12 +- docs/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/pl/reboot.xml | 14 +- docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml | 74 ++++--- docs/installer/pt_BR.po | 2 +- docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ro.po | 2 +- docs/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 206 ++++---------------- docs/installer/ro/addUser.xml | 83 ++------ docs/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml | 59 +++--- docs/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml | 125 ++++++------ docs/installer/ro/reboot.xml | 34 ++-- docs/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml | 85 ++++---- docs/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml | 264 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 70 +------ docs/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/ru.po | 2 +- docs/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 207 ++++---------------- docs/installer/ru/addUser.xml | 86 ++------- docs/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml | 56 +++--- docs/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml | 59 +++--- docs/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/ru/misc-params.xml | 127 ++++++------ docs/installer/ru/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml | 87 ++++----- docs/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml | 267 ++++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 72 +------ docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/sk.po | 2 +- docs/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 211 ++++---------------- docs/installer/sk/addUser.xml | 83 ++------ docs/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml | 59 +++--- docs/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/sk/misc-params.xml | 125 ++++++------ docs/installer/sk/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml | 86 ++++----- docs/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml | 261 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 68 +------ docs/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/sl.po | 2 +- docs/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 23 +-- docs/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml | 18 +- docs/installer/sq.po | 2 +- docs/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 200 +++---------------- docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml | 82 ++------ docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml | 55 +++--- docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml | 57 +++--- docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml | 62 ++++-- docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml | 41 ++-- docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml | 126 ++++++------ docs/installer/sq/reboot.xml | 33 ++-- docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml | 78 +++----- docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml | 259 +++++++++++++++++-------- docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml | 68 +------ docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml | 36 ++-- docs/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml | 5 +- docs/installer/sv.po | 2 +- docs/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml | 144 +++----------- docs/installer/sv/addUser.xml | 25 +-- docs/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml | 12 +- docs/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml | 30 ++- docs/installer/sv/reboot.xml | 14 +- docs/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml | 74 ++++--- docs/installer/tr.po | 2 +- docs/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/uk.po | 2 +- docs/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/zh_CN.po | 2 +- docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml | 18 +- docs/mcc-help/cs.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/de.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/el.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/es.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/et.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/eu.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/fr.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/id.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/it.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ja.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/nl.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ro.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ru.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/sl.po | 47 ++--- docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml | 5 +- docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC.xml | 3 +- docs/mcc-help/sv.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/tr.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/uk.po | 4 +- docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po | 2 +- docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml | 2 +- 247 files changed, 4322 insertions(+), 6043 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 74d3affd..746bd3ee 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml index c822f6ac..95cd281f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Documentació oficial de Mageia - + Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml index 143e8981..e9574eea 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Documentació oficial de Mageia - + Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index ccc7a25b..3930c173 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml index 703fdfe5..c1557df2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu - + Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml index c22d7934..14733037 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageiu - + Texty a snímky obrazovky v této příručce jsou dostupné pod licencí CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml index e7e72342..1ca72f7e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/cs/setupBootloader.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC--> - Grafické nabídky Mageii jsou pěkné: + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - +
@@ -122,7 +122,8 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> OK. - + +
@@ -140,8 +141,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 805a2dba..d402a97f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml index 20a4df7a..d22b9442 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation - + Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 Lizenz http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml index 0203031b..827d9ac6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation - + Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung stehen unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 Lizenz http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 2547e404..49b4f7db 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml index 3c146368..25f3f589 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia - + Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml index ee212cfb..54918fb4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia - + Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index f17cc465..a25ee334 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Select and use ISOs -
Introduction - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -21,207 +18,123 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Media -
Definition - Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO file is copied to. - You can find them here.
-
Classical installation media -
Common features - These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx. - They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits. + Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool. - Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages. - You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made -automatically according to the detected CPU. - - - - Uses Xfce desktop only. - - - - Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, -pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED! - - - - It contains non free software. - - -
-
Live media -
Common features - Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases. - They contain non free software.
-
- Live CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - KDE desktop environment only. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - English language only. + All languages are present. - - 32 bit only. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Live CD GNOME - + Live DVD GNOME GNOME desktop environment only. - - - English language only. - - - - 32 bit only. - - -
- -
- Live DVD KDE - - - - KDE desktop environment only. - - All languages are present. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Live DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - GNOME desktop environment only. + Xfce desktop environment only. - All languages are present. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Boot-only CD media -
Common features - Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to @@ -230,37 +143,30 @@ that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet. - These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a PC that can't boot from a USB stick. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - English language only.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need @@ -270,147 +176,108 @@ it.
-
Downloading and Checking Media -
Downloading - Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Check the radio button Save File.
-
- Checking the downloaded media integrity - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Open a console, no need to be root, and: - - To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example: - -
-
Burn or dump the ISO - The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium. -
Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD - Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to burn an image, burn data or files is not correct. There is more information in the Mageia wiki.
-
Dump the ISO to a USB stick - All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick and then use it to boot and install the system. - - "dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on + "Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be reduced to the image size. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Using a graphical tool within Mageia - You can use a graphical tool like IsoDumper
-
Using a graphical tool within Windows - You could try: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - You can also use the dd tool in a console: - Open a console - Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final '-' ) - - - Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any + Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any application or file manager that could access or read it) - Enter the command fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -430,26 +297,20 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc - - Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Enter the command: # sync - Unplug your USB stick, it is done diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/eo/addUser.xml index 5bc1f60e..a3ae4c7a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Uzula kaj superuzula administrado - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password): - Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de Magejo krei superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la mastrumanta (root) pasvorto en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo @@ -50,89 +20,66 @@ pasvorto en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ. - En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj karaktroj en pasvorto.
-
Enigo de uzulo (Enter a user) - Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile - Piktogramo: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos la uzulan ikonon. - Vera nomo: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo. - Saluta nomo (login name): Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj. - Pasvorto: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ ) - Pasvorto (denove): Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj. - - Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but -write protected) home directory. - - However, while using your new install, any user you add in MCC - -System - Manage users on system will have a home directory that -is both read and write protected. - - If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised -to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. - - If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all -extra needed users in the Configuration - Summary step -during the install. Choose User management. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. The access permissions can also be changed after the install.
- -
+
Sperta uzulo-administrado - Se la Progresinta butono estas klakita aperos ekrano ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo. - Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account. - Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan rbash-an gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto. La gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo. - Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account): Ĉi tie @@ -140,19 +87,16 @@ vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de normalaj uzuloj. - Ŝelo: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la "shell"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on - Uzula ID: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari. - Grupa ID: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan identigilon. Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml index 9c9dc626..2003ef97 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,27 +1,22 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Grafika medio - - - + Grafika medio + + - Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj. + Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj. - Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La + Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon Detaloj + + - - - - - Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn + Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn KDE-on aŭ Gnome-on. Ambaŭ venas kun kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu Agordi se vi volas utiligi @@ -29,5 +24,4 @@ unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj. La labortablo LXDE-o estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj. Ĝi havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml index d906019b..ea3fa589 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,41 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Pakaĵaj grupoj + - - Pakaĵaj grupoj - + - + + + - - - - - - Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi + Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la musan montrilon sur ili. - - - Laborstacio. - + + + Laborstacio. + - - Servilo. - + + Servilo. + - - Grafika medio. - + + Grafika medio. + - - Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ + + Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ forigi permane pakaĵojn. - - - Read for instructions on how to do a -minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml index c039e029..501e599b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake - @@ -40,28 +20,41 @@ subdisko /boot ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo ne startos. - Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi + Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en ĝi antaŭ ol komenci. - Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel + Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri. - Premu Forviŝu ĉion por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la + Premu Forviŝu ĉion por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la elektita stor-aparato - Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, + Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin. Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro. - Klaku sur Finata kiam vi estos preta. + Klaku sur Finata kiam vi estos preta. If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI -System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml index dca1e69c..ab042b66 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,46 +5,50 @@ - + Kreo de subdiskoj - En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la + En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de Magejo. - La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj + La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj enhavo de via konkreta(j) stor-aparato(j). - - + + Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn - Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn + Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo. - Uzu liberan spacon + Uzu liberan spacon - Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por + Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por nova Mageja instalo. - Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko + Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko - Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo + Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo povas proponi utiligi ĝin. Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj dosieroj antaŭe! - Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko + Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko devas esti "pura", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el @@ -57,26 +61,28 @@ sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. - - + + - Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon. + Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon. - Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo. + Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo. - Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu + Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu zorgema! - Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la + Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion. - Subdiskigo + Subdiskigo - Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) + Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) fiksita(j) disko(j). @@ -122,6 +128,24 @@ automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on been correctly done + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml index f70f8f7c..0e8fd88f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,36 +1,25 @@ -
- +
Gratulon - - - - - - - - - - - - Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de Magejo + + + + + Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de Magejo kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon. - Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian + Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu). - Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita -kaj ŝarĝita. - - Ĝuu! - - Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo - - + Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita +kaj ŝarĝita. + + Ĝuu! + + Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml index a0fb1625..15c4b613 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Diversaj parametroj - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo + + + + DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur Konfiguru. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Sistemaj parametroj @@ -64,31 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"> - Lando + Lando - Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin. + Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin. Vidu - Startŝarĝilo + Startŝarĝilo - DrakX faris bonajn elektojn por la konfiguro de la sistema ŝarĝilo. + DrakX faris bonajn elektojn por la konfiguro de la sistema ŝarĝilo. - Ŝanĝu nenion se vi ne scias kiel konfiguri Grub kaj/aŭ Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Por plia informo vidu + Por plia informo vidu - Uzula administrado (User management) + Uzula administrado (User management) - Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon + Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon /home. - Servoj: + Servoj: Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone (demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn. @@ -108,23 +90,28 @@ via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste. - Klavaro: + Klavaro: Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Muso: + Muso: - Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, + Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, mov-globojn, ktp. - Son-karto : + Son-karto : - The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option + The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -132,15 +119,15 @@ driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. Grafika interfaco: - Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n. + Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n. - Por plia informo vidu . + Por plia informo vidu . - +
@@ -150,7 +137,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="summary-im2"> - Reto: + Reto: Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo @@ -170,7 +157,7 @@ aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn. tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon. - Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn + Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn vi devas enigi ĉi tie @@ -183,27 +170,28 @@ vi devas enigi ĉi tie - Sekurec-nivelo : + Sekurec-nivelo : - Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el + Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo. - Aktivigu la elekton pli adekvatan laŭ viaj bezonoj. + Aktivigu la elekton pli adekvatan laŭ viaj bezonoj. Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro): - Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en + Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin. - Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj -dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska. + Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/eo/reboot.xml index b2fe9c83..0ec576ac 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Reboot - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your -computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you -will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the -software media are being downloaded (see Software management). -
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml index 70dfa83f..04c68b31 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,63 +1,45 @@ - -
+
+ + Elektu vian Landon / Regionon + + + + + - - Elektu vian Landon / Regionon - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - - - - - - - + Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono Aliaj +Landoj kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie. + + Se via lando estas nur en la listo Aliaj Landoj, post +klaki sur Enorde povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de +la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto. + - Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, -kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus -kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton. +
+ + Enir-metodo + - Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono Aliaj -Landoj kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie. + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - Se via lando estas nur en la listo Aliaj Landoj, post -klaki sur Enorde povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de -la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto. + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root. - -
- - - Enir-metodo - - - En la ekrano Aliaj Landoj vi povas ankaŭ elekti -enir-metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi -mult-lingvajn literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta -enir-metodo en Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj -KD. Por aziaj kaj afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan -enir-metodon aŭtomate tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj -enir-metodoj (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj -povas esti instalitaj se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa -selekto. - - - Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin -post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per "Konfiguri vian Komputilon" -> -"Sistemo" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto. - -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml index a7c91607..8aeb08fd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,113 +5,223 @@ - + Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj - - - -
- With a Bios system + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de -la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas -decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al -Magejo krei novan. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - La grafika menuo de Magejo estas bela :) + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + + + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing. +
+ +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita -disko. Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni -ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB -legacy and Lilo. + + + - - Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by -GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is -used. + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. - The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at -the Summary page during installation. - + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.
+
-
- - Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon - +
+ Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo - Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila -butono Konfiguru, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la -instal-lokon de la lanĉilo. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Ne selektu aparaton kiel "sda" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi -devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, -ekzemple sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu df por -vidi kie estas via radika subdisko /. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos -vin ree al la instal-ekrano. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo + + +
+ +
+ Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon + + La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri ĝin aŭtomate. Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo. -
- -
- - Lanĉila sperta elekto - - - Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko -/ enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon -/tmp, klaku sur Progresinta kaj -aktivigu la skatolon dirantan Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj -startadoj. Tio helpos teni iom da libera spaco. -
- With an UEFI system + Using chain loading - With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot -choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer -created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although -it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 41e831dd..19c4c498 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,67 +2,17 @@ - + Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry - - - - - -
- With a Bios system - - You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the -relevant button in the Bootloader Configuration screen -and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - - - If you have chosen Grub 2 as your bootloader, you cannot use -this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually -edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. - - - - - - - Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an -entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - - You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely. - - The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a -choice while booting up. - - - Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing. - -
- -
- With an UEFI system - - In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit -entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop -down list. - - After a click on the Next button, another drop down -list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical -boot loader. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml index 1b096529..9eabb510 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Sound Configuration @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default -one. - +one. + The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run draksound or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the Hardware tab and clicking on Sound -Configuration at the top right of the screen. - +Configuration at the top right of the screen. + Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on Advanced and then on Troubleshooting to find very useful advice about how -to solve the problem. - +to solve the problem.
@@ -41,12 +32,9 @@ to solve the problem. Clicking Advanced in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on -Let me pick any driver. - - +Let me pick any driver.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml index ea9245b2..9774c8a0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Uninstalling Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index 2e66eaf8..d5ab2bae 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "Documentación Oficial para Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml index e9cae6c1..fb33bd33 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Documentación Oficial para Mageia - + Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml index f4c6a433..6f08818d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Documentación Oficial para Mageia - + Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 2a6e9197..6b73fb64 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml index ff65292a..12834226 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon - + Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml index 1b021d9d..7634fb50 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon - + Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index 1131e5aa..426aefa2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml index a8196fbf..d0e1c774 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala - + Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml index f76f2478..d2fd67d0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eu/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala - + Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 05e53ea6..1dbcc457 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "La documentation officielle de Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml index 2c78972f..b70e1697 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ La documentation officielle de Mageia - + Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml index bfec4b4b..20e644b4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/fr/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ La documentation officielle de Mageia - + Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/hr.po b/docs/installer/hr.po index 39ecb033..62bd2346 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr.po +++ b/docs/installer/hr.po @@ -1,27 +1,26 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. # # Translators: -# Ivica Kolić , 2014-2016 -# Romero, 2015 -# Romero, 2015 -# Yuri Chornoivan , 2016 +# Ivica Kolić , 2014-2016. +# Romero, 2015. +# Yuri Chornoivan , 2016, 2017. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-23 19:45+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 12:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivica Kolić \n" -"Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/" -"language/hr/)\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-24 09:34+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan \n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "Language: hr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"language/hr/)\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. type: Content of:
#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25 @@ -37,6 +36,11 @@ msgid "" "revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license." +"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" " +"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:40 @@ -181,17 +185,16 @@ msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom" #. Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:7 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=" "\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=" +"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:16 @@ -728,13 +731,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " +"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21 @@ -756,13 +758,12 @@ msgstr "Odabir grupe paketa" #. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" +"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14 @@ -1134,6 +1135,9 @@ msgid "" "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1216,15 +1220,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:12 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png" +"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " +"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:22 @@ -1283,15 +1286,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:57 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png" +"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " +"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/diskdrake.xml:56 en/installer.xml:41 @@ -1307,7 +1309,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:71 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -1315,8 +1316,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=" +"\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9 @@ -1340,7 +1342,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:22 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -1348,8 +1349,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=" +"\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 @@ -1417,7 +1419,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:77 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -1425,8 +1426,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=" +"\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:88 @@ -1532,7 +1534,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -1540,17 +1541,17 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"doPartitionDisks3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:175 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1610,6 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu" #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 @@ -1682,13 +1684,12 @@ msgstr "Čestitamo" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-" -"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1745,6 +1746,12 @@ msgid "" "png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " "</imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:30 @@ -1826,6 +1833,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 @@ -1833,6 +1842,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:54 @@ -1853,6 +1864,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " "</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:71 @@ -1874,6 +1887,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:91 @@ -1886,6 +1901,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:102 @@ -1950,6 +1967,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:140 @@ -1970,6 +1989,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " "</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:157 @@ -1986,6 +2007,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " "</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:171 @@ -2027,6 +2050,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -2155,6 +2180,9 @@ msgid "" "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -2231,6 +2259,9 @@ msgid "" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 @@ -2329,6 +2360,9 @@ msgid "" "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 @@ -2338,11 +2372,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:10 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:15 @@ -2527,14 +2560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:147 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision=" -"\"1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" +"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:155 @@ -2645,10 +2676,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/reboot.xml:15 @@ -2660,13 +2689,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-" -"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" +"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 @@ -2697,6 +2725,9 @@ msgid "" "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2985,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195 @@ -2998,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 @@ -3050,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229 @@ -3173,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:284 @@ -3190,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 @@ -3268,14 +3299,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" revision=" -"\"1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" +"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:14 @@ -3336,6 +3365,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3435,6 +3466,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 @@ -3557,6 +3590,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3606,9 +3641,8 @@ msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:13 -#, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader interface" -msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" +msgstr "Sučelje bootloadera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:15 @@ -3638,18 +3672,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-" -"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" " -"revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" revision=" -"\"1\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-" +"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 en/setupBootloader.xml:73 @@ -3671,7 +3703,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -3679,8 +3710,9 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:65 @@ -3727,16 +3759,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" +"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" +"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:111 @@ -3768,7 +3800,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:129 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " @@ -3776,8 +3807,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " -"<imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " +"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align=" +"\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:138 @@ -3788,12 +3820,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:142 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:149 @@ -3831,7 +3863,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:175 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and Drakx will " "check that it matches with the one set above." @@ -3937,6 +3968,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 @@ -3966,13 +3999,12 @@ msgstr "Konfiguracija zvuka" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:" "id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" " -"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:" +"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:14 @@ -4040,6 +4072,11 @@ msgid "" "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> " +"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-" +"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml index 5d158586..4d55906d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ <cover> <para role="tagline">Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu</para> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml index dd794a31..ce126fbb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <cover> <para role="tagline">Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu</para> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>. diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2a06031b..3c50d904 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="hr" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs"> - <info> - <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 + +Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2--> <title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs -
Uvod - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -21,207 +18,123 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Media -
Definition - Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO file is copied to. - You can find them here.
-
Classical installation media -
Common features - These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx. - They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits. + Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool. - Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages. - You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made -automatically according to the detected CPU. - - - - Uses Xfce desktop only. - - - - Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, -pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED! - - - - It contains non free software. - - -
-
Live media -
Common features - Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases. - They contain non free software.
-
- Live CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - KDE desktop environment only. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - English language only. + All languages are present. - - 32 bit only. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Live CD GNOME - + Live DVD GNOME GNOME desktop environment only. - - - English language only. - - - - 32 bit only. - - -
- -
- Live DVD KDE - - - - KDE desktop environment only. - - All languages are present. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Live DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - GNOME desktop environment only. + Xfce desktop environment only. - All languages are present. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Boot-only CD media -
Common features - Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to @@ -230,37 +143,30 @@ that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet. - These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a PC that can't boot from a USB stick. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - English language only.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need @@ -270,147 +176,108 @@ it.
-
Downloading and Checking Media -
Downloading - Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Check the radio button Save File.
-
- Checking the downloaded media integrity - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Open a console, no need to be root, and: - - To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example: - -
-
Burn or dump the ISO - The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium. -
Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD - Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to burn an image, burn data or files is not correct. There is more information in the Mageia wiki.
-
Dump the ISO to a USB stick - All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick and then use it to boot and install the system. - - "dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on + "Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be reduced to the image size. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Using a graphical tool within Mageia - You can use a graphical tool like IsoDumper
-
Using a graphical tool within Windows - You could try: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - You can also use the dd tool in a console: - Open a console - Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final '-' ) - - - Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any + Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any application or file manager that could access or read it) - Enter the command fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -430,26 +297,20 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc - - Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Enter the command: # sync - Unplug your USB stick, it is done diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/hr/addUser.xml index 85c4fa8c..3df333d3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku: - Preporučljivo je za sve Mageia instalacije postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo root lozinka u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje @@ -50,106 +20,80 @@ polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu lozinku uspoređujući ih. - Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki.
-
Unesite korisnika - Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika (root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom. - Ikona: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu korisnika. - Pravo ime: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno polje. - Ime prijave: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. Ime prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova. - Lozinka: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu lozinke.(Također vidi ) - Lozinka (ponovno): Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom tekstualnom polju. - - Svaki korisnik kojeg dodate tijekom instalacije Mageie, će imati čitljiv ( -ali zaštićen za pisanje) osobni direktorij. - - However, while using your new install, any user you add in MCC - -System - Manage users on system will have a home directory that -is both read and write protected. - - If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised -to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. - - If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all -extra needed users in the Configuration - Summary step -during the install. Choose User management. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Dozvole pristupa također se mogu promjeniti nakon instlacije.
- -
+
Napredno korisničko upravljanje - Ako je kliknuto na napredno dugme nudi vam se zaslon gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. - Dodatno, možete onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta. - Anything a guest with a default rbash guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest should save his important files to a USB key. - Omogući račun gosta: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika. - Shell: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh - User ID: Here you can set the user ID for the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing. - Group ID: This lets you set the group ID. Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml index 2f418858..b6cf0db8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,33 +1,27 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Odabir radnog okruženja - - - + Odabir radnog okruženja + + - Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino + Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino ugađanje vašega izbora. - After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package + After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the Details button + + - - - - - Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE or + Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE or Gnome desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick Custom if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml index 1904f17b..8ae081fc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Odabir grupe paketa + - - Odabir grupe paketa - + - + + + - - - - - Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on + Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them. - - - Radna stanica - + + + Radna stanica + - - Poslužitelj - + + Poslužitelj + - - Grafičko okruženje - + + Grafičko okruženje + - - Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje + + Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje ili uklanajnje paketa. - - - Read for instructions on how to do a -minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml index c47a77bc..3d4ae5d4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake - @@ -40,28 +20,41 @@ encryption option for the /boot partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable. - Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create + Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start. - There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an + There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. - Push Clear all to wipe all partitions on the selected + Push Clear all to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device - For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, + For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes. - Click Done when you're ready. + Click Done when you're ready. If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI -System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml index 503284ea..b0b580c4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,47 +5,51 @@ - + Particioniranje - In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the + In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install Mageia. - The options available from the list below will vary depending on your + The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content. - - + + Koristi postojeće particije - If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have + If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found and may be used for the installation. - Koristi slobodni prostor + Koristi slobodni prostor - If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for + If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new Mageia installation. - Use Free Space on a Windows Partition + Use Free Space on a Windows Partition - If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may + If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files! - Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The + Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been @@ -58,26 +62,28 @@ sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. - - + + - Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk. + Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk. - Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu. + Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu. - Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! + Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! - If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already + If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option. - Prilagođeno + Prilagođeno - This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your + This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s). @@ -123,6 +129,24 @@ automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on been correctly done + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml index 39828ed5..bad339a6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,37 +1,26 @@ -
- +
Čestitamo - - - - - - - - - - - - - Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje Mageie + + + + + Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje Mageie i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala. - After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating + After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if you have more than one). - If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install -will be automatically selected and started. - - Uživajte! - - Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to -Mageia - - + If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install +will be automatically selected and started. + + Uživajte! + + Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to +Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/hr/misc-params.xml index 2f37f5a8..1b387065 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Summary of miscellaneous parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on + + + + DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing Configure. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
System parameters @@ -64,31 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Country / Region + Country / Region - If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you + If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See - Bootloader + Bootloader - DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. + DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. - Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - For more information, see + For more information, see - User management + User management - You can add extra users here. They will each get their own + You can add extra users here. They will each get their own /home directories. - Services: + Services: System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks. @@ -108,23 +90,28 @@ prevent your computer from operating correctly. - Keyboard: + Keyboard: This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Mouse: + Mouse: - Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs + Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc. - Sound card: + Sound card: - The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option + The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -132,16 +119,15 @@ driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. Graphical interface: - This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. + This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. - For more information, see . + For more information, see . - - +
@@ -151,7 +137,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Network: + Network: You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the Mageia @@ -171,7 +157,7 @@ that interface as well. internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service. - You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you + You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to enter here @@ -184,27 +170,28 @@ need to enter here - Security Level: + Security Level: - Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default + Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use. - Check the option which best suits your usage. + Check the option which best suits your usage. Firewall: - A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the + A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it. - Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your -selections will depend on what you use your computer for. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky. + Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/hr/reboot.xml index 9fb660da..2810240e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Ponovno pokretanje sustava - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your -computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you -will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the -software media are being downloaded (see Software management). -
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml index 05e3f2b3..e2dfdeed 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,63 +1,46 @@ - -
+
+ + Select your Country / Region + + + + + - - Select your Country / Region - - - - - - - - - - - - - Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - If your country isn't in the list, click the Other + If your country isn't in the list, click the Other Countries button and choose your country / region there. - - If your country is only in the Other Countries list, + + If your country is only in the Other Countries list, after clicking OK it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice. - + -
- - - Input method - +
+ + Input method + - In the Other Countries screen you can also select an + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the -default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India -Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input -method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input -methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be -installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. - - - If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it -after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. + + + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by running localedrake as root. - -
+
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml index e56f1db5..60bd399f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,115 +5,225 @@ - + Glavne postavke bootloadera - - - -
- With a Bios system + Sučelje bootloadera + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by -the installer, you can change them here. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case -you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or -allow Mageia to create a new one. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - The Mageia graphical menus are nice : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Using a Mageia bootloader - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + + + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing. +
+ +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR -(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other -operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia -boot menu. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB -legacy and Lilo. + + + - - Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by -GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is -used. + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. - The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at -the Summary page during installation. - + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.
+
-
- - Using an existing bootloader - +
+ Using a Mageia bootloader - If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember -to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader -Configure button, which will allow you to change the -bootloader install location. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing -MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the -partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type df to check where -your / (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to -the installer screen. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + + +
+ +
+ Using an existing bootloader + + The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question. -
- -
- - Bootloader advanced option - - - If you have very limited disk space for the / partition -that contains /tmp, click on -Advanced and check the box for Clean /tmp -at each boot. This helps to maintain some free space. -
- With an UEFI system + Using chain loading - With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot -choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer -created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although -it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Lozinka (ponovno): Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u +ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom +tekstualnom polju. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 9506999c..b52133a7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,67 +2,17 @@ - + Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry - - - - - -
- With a Bios system - - You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the -relevant button in the Bootloader Configuration screen -and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - - - If you have chosen Grub 2 as your bootloader, you cannot use -this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually -edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. - - - - - - - Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an -entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - - You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely. - - The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a -choice while booting up. - - - Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing. - -
- -
- With an UEFI system - - In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit -entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop -down list. - - After a click on the Next button, another drop down -list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical -boot loader. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml index 1b3ed415..d56914fd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Konfiguracija zvuka @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default -one. - +one. + The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run draksound or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the Hardware tab and clicking on Sound -Configuration at the top right of the screen. - +Configuration at the top right of the screen. + Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on Advanced and then on Troubleshooting to find very useful advice about how -to solve the problem. - +to solve the problem.
@@ -41,12 +32,9 @@ to solve the problem. Clicking Advanced in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on -Let me pick any driver. - - +Let me pick any driver.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml index a3dc8715..e0c7a3a2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hr/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Uninstalling Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 5cbe4efa..cd6cf402 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hu/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -47,11 +47,6 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here. They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases. - -
-
- DVD - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. @@ -78,7 +73,7 @@ Hardware Detection Tool. optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. @@ -103,7 +98,7 @@ releases. All languages are present. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only.
@@ -117,7 +112,7 @@ releases. All languages are present. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only
@@ -131,7 +126,7 @@ releases. All languages are present. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
@@ -165,7 +160,7 @@ PC that can't boot from a USB stick. netinstall.iso - Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software. @@ -187,19 +182,19 @@ it. Downloading Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: Check the radio button Save File.
- Checking the downloaded media integrity + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your @@ -310,7 +305,7 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc - Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M diff --git a/docs/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml index 41e8ffad..506d72bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/hu/setupBootloader.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC--> - The Mageia graphical menus are nice : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - +
@@ -122,7 +122,8 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> OK. - + +
@@ -140,8 +141,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index f6cfc549..c0c425fd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml index 45f2ef9a..1772aa63 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia - + Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml index 095fec79..6f36e51a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia - + Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index ca1adb66..8b218ffa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Pilih dan gunakan ISO -
Pengantar - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -21,207 +18,123 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Media -
Definisi - Di sini, medium (jamak: media) adalah berkas image ISO yang memungkinkan Anda menginstall dan/atau mengupdate Mageia dan dengan perluasan dukungan fisik ke mana berkas ISO disalin. - Anda bisa menemukannya di sini.
-
Media instalasi klasik -
Fitur umum - ISO ini menggunakan installer tradisional yang disebut drakx. - Mereka bisa membuat instalasi baru atau update dari rilis sebelumnya. - -
- -
- DVD - - Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit. - Beberapa peralatan tersedia pada Layar sambutan: Sistem Penyelamat, Pengujian Memori, Peralatan Pendeteksi Perangkat Keras. - Setiap DVD berisi banyak lingkungan desktop dan bahasa yang tersedia. - Anda akan diberikan untuk memilih perangkat lunak non free saat instalasi.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Kedua arsitektur tersedia dalam media yang sama, pilihan dibuat otomatis -berdasarkan CPU yang terdeteksi. - - - - Hanya menggunakan desktop Xfce. - - - - Tidak semua bahasa tersedia. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, -ru, sv, uk) UNTUK DIPILIH! - - - - Ini berisi perangkat lunak non free. - - -
-
Media live -
Fitur umum - Bisa digunakan untuk melihat distribusi tanpa menginstallnya pada HDD, dan opsi untuk menginstall Mageia pada HDD Anda. - - Setiap ISO hanya berisi satu lingkungan desktop (KDE atau GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit. - ISO Live hanya bisa digunakan untuk membuat instalasi baru, mereka tidak bisa digunakan untuk upgrade dari rilis sebelumnya. - Mereka berisi perangkat lunak non free.
-
- Live CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - Hanya bahasa Inggris. + Menyediakan semua bahasa. - - Hanya 32 bit. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Live CD GNOME - + Live DVD GNOME Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME. - - - Hanya bahasa Inggris. - - - - Hanya 32 bit. - - -
- -
- Live DVD KDE - - - - Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE. - - Menyediakan semua bahasa. - - Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Live DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Menyediakan semua bahasa. - - Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Media CD hanya-boot -
Fitur umum - Masing-masing adalah image kecil yang berisi tidak lebih dari apa yang @@ -230,37 +143,30 @@ drakx-installer-stage2 dan paket-paket lain yang dibutuhkan untuk melanjutkan dan menyelesaikan instalasi. Paket-paket ini mungkin berada dalam harddisk PC, drive lokal, jaringan lokal atau Internet. - Media ini sangat ringan (kurang dari 100 MB) dan cocok ketika bandwidth sangat lambat untuk mendownload DVD, PC tanpa drive DVD atau PC yang tidak bisa boot dari USB. - Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit. - Hanya bahasa Inggris.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Hanya berisi perangkat lunak bebas, untuk orang-orang yang tidak ingin -menggunakan perangkat lunak tidak bebas. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Berisi perangkat lunak tidak bebas (kebanyakan adalah driver, kodek...) @@ -270,147 +176,108 @@ untuk orang-orang yang membutuhkannya.
-
Mengunduh dan Memeriksa Media -
Mengunduh - - Setelah Anda memilih berkas ISO, Anda bisa mengunduhnya menggunakan http -atau BitTorrent. Pada keduanya, sebuah jendela memberi Anda informasi, -seperti mirror yang digunakan dan kemungkinan untuk mengubah jika bandwidth -terlalu lambat. Jika http dipilih, Anda juga mungkin melihat - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Centang tombol Simpan Berkas.
-
- Memeriksa keabsahan media yang diunduh - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Buka konsol, tidak perlu menjadi root, dan: - - Untuk menggunakan md5sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - Untuk menggunakan sha1sum, ketik: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - lalu bandingkan nomor yang diperoleh dari komputer (Anda mungkin harus menunggu beberapa saat) dengan nomor yang diberikan oleh Mageia. Contoh: - -
-
Bakar atau salin ISO - ISO yang telah diperiksa sekarang bisa dibakar ke sebuah CD atau DVD atau disalin ke sebuah flashdisk. Pekerjaan ini bukan penyalinan sederhana dan bertujuan untuk membuat media yang dapat diboot. -
Membakar ISO ke CD/DVD - Gunakan burner apapun yang Anda inginkan tapi pastikan perangkat burning diatur dengan benar ke burn image, burn data atau berkas adalah salah. Informasi lebih lengkap ada di wiki Mageia.
-
Salin ISO ke flashdisk - Semua ISO Mageia adalah hibrid, yang berarti bisa Anda bisa 'menyalin' ke flashdisk lalu menggunakannya untuk memboot dan menginstall sistem. - "menyalin" image ke dalam flashdisk akan merusak sistem file pada perangkat; data apapun akan hilang dan kapasitas partisi akan berkurang menjadi sebesar ukuran image. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Using a graphical tool within Mageia - Anda bisa menggunakan peralatan seperti IsoDumper
-
Using a graphical tool within Windows - Anda bisa mencoba: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - Anda juga bisa menggunakan dd dari konsol: - Buka konsol - Menjadi root dengan perintah su - (jangan lupa tanda '-' di akhir) - - Pasang flashdisk (jangan dimount, artinya juga jangan buka aplikasi atau manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya) - Masukkan perintah fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -430,26 +297,20 @@ manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Masukkan perintah: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Dimana X=nama perangkat Anda misal: /dev/sdc - - Contoh: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Masukkan perintah: # sync - Lepas flashdisk, selesai diff --git a/docs/installer/id/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/id/addUser.xml index e64005a7..7a901a74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Atur Sandi Administrator (root): - Disarankan untuk semua instalasi Mageia agar mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut sandi root. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, @@ -51,91 +21,66 @@ tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya. - Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi.
-
Masukkan pengguna - Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya - Ikon: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah ikon pengguna. - Nama Asli: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks ini. - Nama Login: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. Nama login berlaku sensitif. - Sandi: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga ) - Sandi (lagi): Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-tiap kotak teks. - - Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki -direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan). - - Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda -tambahkan di MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem -akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan. - - Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan -untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang -sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer. - - Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin -ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah Konfigurasi - -Ringkasan saat instalasi. Pilih Pengelolaan -pengguna. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Perizinan hak akses juga bisa diubah setelah instalasi.
- -
+
Pengelolaan Pengguna Lanjutan - Jika tombol lanjutan diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda tambahkan. - Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account. - Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan rbash bawaan yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar. Tamu harus menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk. - Hidupkan akun tamu: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau @@ -143,20 +88,17 @@ mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna normal. - Shell: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh - ID pengguna: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor. Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini. - ID grup: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup. Nomor juga, biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui diff --git a/docs/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml index 57a69683..ef36bd82 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Pemilihan Desktop - - - + Pemilihan Desktop + + - Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar + Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan. - Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi + Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol Rincian + + - - - - - Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop + Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop KDE atau Gnome. Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. Pilih Sesuaian @@ -31,5 +26,4 @@ menginginkan yang selain pilihan software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop LXDE lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml index 904abe67..b08c05ba 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Pemilihan Grup Paket + - - Pemilihan Grup Paket - + - + + + - - - - - Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk + Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut. - - - Lingkungan kerja. - + + + Lingkungan kerja. + - - Server. - + + Server. + - - Lingkungan Grafis - + + Lingkungan Grafis + - - Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah + + Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah atau menghapus paket secara manual. - - - Read for instructions on how to do a -minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/id/diskdrake.xml index 47f91542..fdc85499 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake - @@ -40,28 +20,41 @@ enkripsi untuk partisi /boot JANGAT diatur, atau sistem Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan. - Sesuaikan layout diks Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat + Sesuaikan layout diks Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, mengubah sistem file partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan bahkan melihat apa di dalamnya sebelum Anda memulai. - Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan + Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga. - Tekan Bersihkan semua untuk membersihkan semua + Tekan Bersihkan semua untuk membersihkan semua partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih - Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu + Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan. Lanjutkan hingga Anda mengatur semua yang Anda inginkan. - Klik Selesai jika sudah siap. + Klik Selesai jika sudah siap. - Jika Anda menginstall Mageia pada sistem UEFI, periksa bahwa ESP (EFI System -Partition) tersedia dan dimount dengan benar pada /boot/EFI (lihat di atas) + If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml index 717d458a..625528f1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,46 +5,50 @@ - + Pemartisian - Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang + Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana Mageia akan diinstall. - Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada + Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda. - - + + Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia - Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah + Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi. - Gunakan Ruang Kosong + Gunakan Ruang Kosong - Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan + Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia. - Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows + Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows - Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, + Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya. Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda! - Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi + Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi harus "bersih", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan @@ -57,27 +61,29 @@ menyesuaikan ukuran ini dengan mengklik dan menyeret pada jarak di antara kedua partisi. Lihat gambar di bawah. - - + + - Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk. + Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk. - Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia. + Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia. - Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang + Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-hati! - Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, + Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan gunakan pilihan ini. - Sesuaian + Sesuaian - Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk. + Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk. @@ -122,6 +128,24 @@ automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on been correctly done + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian diff --git a/docs/installer/id/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/id/exitInstall.xml index e7a8a8a5..9205f1b0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,38 +1,27 @@ -
- +
Selamat - - - - - - - - - - - - - Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi + + + + + Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi Mageia dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan menjalankan ulang komputer. - Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih + Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu). - Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan -otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan. - - Nikmatilah! - - Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin -berkontribusi untuk Mageia - - + Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan +otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan. + + Nikmatilah! + + Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin +berkontribusi untuk Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/id/misc-params.xml index ca71ca2f..a438155c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada + + + + DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan Konfigurasi. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Parameter sistem @@ -63,32 +45,31 @@ mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga - Negara / Wilayah + Negara / Wilayah - Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk + Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat - Bootloader + Bootloader - DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader. + DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader. - Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara -mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Untuk informasi lebih, lihat + Untuk informasi lebih, lihat - Pengelolaan pengguna + Pengelolaan pengguna - Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan + Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan direktori /home masing-masing. - Layanan: + Layanan: Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan @@ -109,23 +90,28 @@ sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya. - Keyboard: + Keyboard: Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Mouse: + Mouse: - Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, + Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, tablet, trackball, dsb. - Perangkat suara: + Perangkat suara: - Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver + Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku. @@ -133,16 +119,15 @@ Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku. Antarmuka grafis: - Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan. + Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan. - Untuk informasi lebih, lebih . + Untuk informasi lebih, lebih . - - +
@@ -152,7 +137,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Jaringan: + Jaringan: Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan @@ -172,7 +157,7 @@ firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut. internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy. - Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan + Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini @@ -185,27 +170,28 @@ parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini - Tingkat Keamanan: + Tingkat Keamanan: - Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan + Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan (Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum. - Lihat pilihan yang sesuai dengan penggunaan komputer Anda. + Lihat pilihan yang sesuai dengan penggunaan komputer Anda. Firewall: - Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan + Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya. - Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan -tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko. + Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/id/reboot.xml index 6c565253..d5bdf55c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Boot Ulang - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your -computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you -will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the -software media are being downloaded (see Software management). -
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/id/selectCountry.xml index 68a5c5b5..705bcdf9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,65 +1,46 @@ - -
+
+ + Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda + + + + + - - Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda - - - - - - - - - - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis -pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara -yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel. - - Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol Negara + Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol Negara Lainnya lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana. - - Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar Negara Lainnya, + + Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar Negara Lainnya, setelah mengklik OK mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang sebenarnya. - - -
+ - - Metode masukan - +
+ + Metode masukan + - Pada layar Negara Lainnya Anda juga bisa memilih metode -input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna -memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah -metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan -Asia/tanpa-India. Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai -metode input bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara -manual. Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi -serupa yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum -pemilihan paket. + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - - Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa -mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui "Konfigurasi -Komputer Anda" -> "Sistem", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake sebagai -root. - -
+ + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root. +
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml index 9c03ec33..ec3a7b1c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,115 +5,223 @@ - + Pilihan utama Bootloader - - - -
- With a Bios system + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih -secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana -Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, -atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - Menu grafis Mageia sangat cantik : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Gunakan bootloader Mageia - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + + + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing. +
+ +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot -Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain -yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia -baru. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai -tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo. + + + - - Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB -(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan. + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. - Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman -Ringkasan selama instalasi. - + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.
+
-
- - Gunakan bootloader yang ada - +
+ Gunakan bootloader Mageia - Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda -harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol -Konfigurasi Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda -mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Jangan memilih perangkat seperti "sda", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang -sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian -pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat -tersebut. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik df untuk -memeriksa di mana partisi / (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 -akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah + + +
+ +
+ Gunakan bootloader yang ada + + Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi. -
- -
- - Pilihan lanjutan bootloader - - - Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi / -yang berisi /tmp, klik pada -Lanjutan lalu centang kotak Bersihkan /tmp -setiap komputer dijalankan ulang. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang -kosong. -
- With an UEFI system + Using chain loading - With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot -choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer -created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although -it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index d4291ebd..d5b840cf 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,68 +2,17 @@ - + Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot - - - - - -
- With a Bios system - - Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan -tombol yang sesuai di layar Konfigurasi Bootloader dan -mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya. - - - Jika Anda telah memilih Grub 2 sebagai bootloader Anda tidak -bisa menggunakan alat ini untuk mengedit daftar pada langkah ini, tekan -'Berikutnya'. Anda perlu mengedit secara manual -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg atau menggunakan -grub-customizer saja. - - - - - - - Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri -dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan. - - Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya. - - Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda -tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan. - - - Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing. - -
- -
- With an UEFI system - - In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit -entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop -down list. - - After a click on the Next button, another drop down -list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical -boot loader. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/id/soundConfig.xml index 955efd90..bcb34f1d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Konfigurasi Suara @@ -14,24 +6,23 @@ - - + + Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara -Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada. - +Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada. + Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan draksound atau jalankan alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab Hardware lalu mengklik Konfigurasi -Suara di kanan atas layar. - +Suara di kanan atas layar. + Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat "Konfigurasi Suara", klik Lanjutan lalu Pemecahan masalah untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara -mengatasi masalah. - +mengatasi masalah.
@@ -40,12 +31,9 @@ mengatasi masalah. Mengklik Lanjutan di layar ini, selama instalasi, berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, -tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah. - +tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah. Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik -Biarkan saya memilih driver. - - +Biarkan saya memilih driver.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 15dec862..bfb7390d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Uninstall Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/it.po b/docs/installer/it.po index b479695d..30b89358 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it.po +++ b/docs/installer/it.po @@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml index d16460f6..479eaea7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia - + I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml index f6314c4e..af28402e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia - + I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 8eae9668..08bd9bdb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Seleziona e utilizza dei file ISO -
Introduzione - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -21,209 +18,125 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Media -
Definizione - Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO file is copied to. - Puoi trovarli qui.
-
Media di installazione classico -
Funzioni comuni - Queste ISO usano l'installer tradizionale chiamato drakx - Possono fare sia un'installazione pulita o un update da una release precedente. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Media diversi per le architetture a 32 o 64 bits. + Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit. - Alcuni strumenti sono disponibili nella schermata di benvenuto: Recupero di Sistema, Test della Memoria, Strumento di Identificazione Hardware. - Ogni DVD contiene diversi desktop environments e lingue. - Ti sarà data la possibilità, durante l'installazione, di aggiungere software non free.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Entrambe le architetture sono presenti sul media, la scelta verrà fatta in -automatico in base alla CPU identificata. - - - - Usa solo Xfce. - - - - Non tutte le lingue sono disponibili. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, -pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DA ESSERE CONTROLLATE. - - - - Contiene del software non libero - - -
-
Media live -
Funzioni comuni - Può essere utilizzato per avere un'anteprima della distribuzione senza installarla su di un HDD avendo comunque la possibilità di farlo. - - Ogni ISO contiene un solo desktop environment (KDE o GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit. - Le Live ISO possono solo essere utilizzate per un'installazione da zero. Non possono essere usate per aggiornare una precedente release. - Contengono del software non libero.
-
- CD Live con KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - Solamente l'ambiente KDE. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - Solamente la lingua inglese. + Sono presenti tutte le lingue. - - solo 32 bit. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- CD Live con GNOME - + DVD Live con GNOME Solamente l'ambiente GNOME. - - - Solamente la lingua inglese. - - - - solo 32 bit. - - -
- -
- DVD Live con KDE - - - - Solamente l'ambiente KDE. - - Sono presenti tutte le lingue. - - Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- DVD Live con GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - Solamente l'ambiente GNOME. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Sono presenti tutte le lingue. - - Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Boot-only CD media -
Funzioni comuni - Ognuna è una piccola immagine che contiene non più del necessario per @@ -232,37 +145,30 @@ che sono necessari per continuare e completare l'installazione. Questi pacchetti possono essere nell'hard disk del pc, su di un disco locale, su un network locale o su internet. - Questi media sono davvero leggeri (meno di 100 MB) e convenienti quando la connessione è troppo lenta per scaricare un intero DVD, quando si ha un PC senza DVD o un PC che non può eseguire il boot da una chiavetta USB. - Diversi media per architetture a 32 o 64 bit. - Solamente la lingua inglese.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Contiene solo software libero per quelle persone che non vogliono usare -software proprietario. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Contiene software proprietario (in gran parte driver, codec...) per le @@ -272,68 +178,50 @@ persone che ne hanno bisogno.
-
Scaricando e controllando il media -
Download in corso - - Una volta che hai selezionato il file ISO puoi scaricarlo usando sia http -che BitTorrent. In entrambi i casi una finestra vi darà le informazioni come -il mirror in uso e la possibilità di cambiarlo se la velocità è troppo -bassa. Se è stato scelto http potreste inoltre vedere qualcosa come - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Check the radio button Save File.
-
- Controllando l'integrità del media scaricato. - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Aprire la console, senza obbligo di essere root, e: - - Per usare md5sum digitare: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - Per usare sha1susm digitare: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - e comparate il numero ottenuto a computer (potrebbe essere necessario attendere un poco) a quello dato da Mageia. Per esempio: - -
-
Masterizza o esegui un dump dell'ISO - L'ISO controllata può essere masterizzata su un CD o un DVD o dumpata su di una chiavetta USB. Queste operazioni non sono una semplice copia e puntano e creare un media avviabile. -
Masterizzando la ISO su di un CD/DVD - Usa qualsiasi programma di masterizzazione che desideri, ma assicurati che il dispositivo sia correttamente impostato in masterizza un immagine, masterizza data o files non @@ -341,80 +229,59 @@ va bene. Maggiori informazioni sul wiki di Mageia.
-
Esegui il dump di una ISO su di una chiavetta USB. - Tutte le ISO di Mageia sono ibride il che significa che puoi 'dumparle' in una chiavetta USB e usarle per avviare e installare il sistema. - "dumpare" un'immagine in un flash drive distrugge ogni precedente file-system su quel dispositivo; ogni altro dato verrà perso e la capacità della partizione ridotta alla grandezza dell'immagine del disco. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Using a graphical tool within Mageia - Puoi usare uno strumento grafico come IsoDumper
-
Using a graphical tool within Windows - Potresti provare: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - Puoi anche usare il tool dd in una console: - Apri una console - Diventa root con il comando su - (non dimenticare la '-' finale) - - Collega la tua chiavetta USB (non montarla, questo significa anche non aprire alcuna applicazione o file manager che può averne accesso o leggerla). - Inserisci il comando fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -434,26 +301,20 @@ leggerla). [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Inserisci il comando: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Dove X = nome del tuo dispositivo esempio: /dev/sdc - - Esempio: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Inserire il comando: # sync - Togli la tua chiavetta USB, hai concluso diff --git a/docs/installer/it/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/it/addUser.xml index 8c08371c..8340e6d2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Gestione dell'utente e del superuser - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root): - It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the root password in Linux. As you type a password into the @@ -51,88 +21,65 @@ depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them. - Tutte le passwords sono sensibili alle maiuscole, la cosa migliore in una password è usare una combinazione di lettere (maiuscole e minuscole), numeri e altri caratteri.
-
Inserisci un utente - Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but -enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and -anything else the average user does with his computer - +enough to use the internet, office applications or play games and anything +else the average user does with his computer Icon: se premi su questo bottone cambierà l'icona utente. - Vero nome: Inserisci il vero nome dell'utente in questo spazio. - Login Name: Here you enter the user login name or let -drakx use a version of the users real name. The login name is case -sensitive. +drakx use a version of the user's real name. The login name is +case sensitive. - Password: In this text box you should type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See also ) - Password (again): Retype the user password into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user password text boxes. - - Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but -write protected) home directory. - - However, while using your new install, any user you add in MCC - -System - Manage users on system will have a home directory that -is both read and write protected. - - If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised -to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot. - - If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all -extra needed users in the Configuration - Summary step -during the install. Choose User management. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione.
- -
+
Gestione Avanzata Utenti - If the advanced button is clicked you are offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. - Inoltre, puoi disattivare o attivare un account speciale. - Anything a guest with a default rbash guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest should save his important files to a USB key. - Abilita guest account: Qua puoi abilitare o @@ -140,19 +87,16 @@ disabilitare un guest account. Un guest account permette a degli ospiti di eseguire il log in e utilizzare il PC, ma con un accesso molto limitato rispetto a un utente normale. - Shell: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh - User ID: Qua puoi impostare l'user ID per gli utenti che hai aggiunto nella schermata precedente. Questo è un numero. Lasciarlo vuoto nel caso in cui tu non sappia cosa fare. - Group ID: Questo ti permette di impostare il group ID. Anche questo un numero, di solito lo stesso dell'utente. Lasciare vuoto diff --git a/docs/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml index b3089b05..e2c08e8f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,33 +1,27 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Selezione Desktop - - - + Selezione Desktop + + - Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine + Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice. - After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package + After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the Details button + + - - - - - Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE or + Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE or Gnome desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick Custom if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml index 219259eb..91ae4330 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti + - - Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti - + - + + + - - - - - Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on + Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them. - - - Stazione di lavoro. - + + + Stazione di lavoro. + - - Server. - + + Server. + - - Ambiente grafico. - + + Ambiente grafico. + - - Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or + + Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages. - - - Read for instructions on how to do a -minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/it/diskdrake.xml index 2f079689..fb72101c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake - @@ -41,30 +21,43 @@ fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> non sarà avviabile. - Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create + Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start. - C'è una tab per ogni hard disk individuato o altro dispositivo di storage + C'è una tab per ogni hard disk individuato o altro dispositivo di storage (come, per esempio, una chiavetta usb). Per esempio sda, sdb e sdc se ce ne sono tre. - Premi Cancella tutto per cancellare tutte le + Premi Cancella tutto per cancellare tutte le partizioni sul dispositivo di storage selezionato. - Per tutte le altre azioni: premere anzitutto sulla partizione + Per tutte le altre azioni: premere anzitutto sulla partizione desiderata. Quindi visualizza o scegli il filesystem e il punto di mount, ridimensionala oppure cancellala. Continua sino a quando non avrai impostato tutto come desideri. - Quando hai completato premi Finito + Quando hai completato premi Finito If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI -System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml index 171ac3bb..53b615c4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,47 +5,51 @@ - + Partizionamento - In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the + In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install Mageia. - The options available from the list below will vary depending on your + The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content. - - + + Utilizza le partizioni esistenti - Se questa opzione è disponibile allora saranno trovate partizioni esistenti + Se questa opzione è disponibile allora saranno trovate partizioni esistenti Linux compatibili e potrebbero essere usate per l'installazione. - Utilizza lo spazio libero + Utilizza lo spazio libero - Se hai dello spazio libero sul tuo hard drive questa opzione lo utilizzerà + Se hai dello spazio libero sul tuo hard drive questa opzione lo utilizzerà per la tua nuova installazione di Mageia. - Usa lo spazio libero di una partizione Windows + Usa lo spazio libero di una partizione Windows - Se hai dello spazio libero su di una partizione Windows esistente + Se hai dello spazio libero su di una partizione Windows esistente l'installer potrebbe offrirti di utilizzarla. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files! - Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The + Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been @@ -58,27 +62,29 @@ sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. - - + + - Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco + Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco - Questa opzione userà l'intero disco per Mageia. + Questa opzione userà l'intero disco per Mageia. - Nota bene! Questo cancellerà TUTTI i dati sull'hard drive selezionato. Fai + Nota bene! Questo cancellerà TUTTI i dati sull'hard drive selezionato. Fai attenzione! - If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already + If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option. - Personalizzato + Personalizzato - This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your + This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s). @@ -124,6 +130,24 @@ automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on been correctly done + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available diff --git a/docs/installer/it/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/it/exitInstall.xml index d5e160b7..4cce97aa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,37 +1,26 @@ -
- +
Complimenti - - - - - - - - - - - - - You have finished installing and configuring + + + + + You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot your computer. - Dopo il riavvio, nella schermata del bootloader, potrai scegliere fra i + Dopo il riavvio, nella schermata del bootloader, potrai scegliere fra i diversi sistemi operativi del tuo computer (se ne possiedi più di uno). - Se non modifichi le impostazioni del tuo bootloader la tua installazione di -Mageia verrà automaticamente selezionata e avviata. - - Divertiti! - - Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia - - + Se non modifichi le impostazioni del tuo bootloader la tua installazione di +Mageia verrà automaticamente selezionata e avviata. + + Divertiti! + + Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/it/misc-params.xml index 4510127f..47b33cc9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Sommario di vari parametri - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX fa scelte intelligenti per la configurazione del tuo sistema in base + + + + DrakX fa scelte intelligenti per la configurazione del tuo sistema in base alle scelte da te fatte e dall'hardware che DrakX ha individuto. Puoi controllare le impostazioni e cambiarle se lo desideri premendo Configura. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Parametri del sistema @@ -64,31 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Paese / Regione + Paese / Regione - Se non ti trovi nel Paese selezionato è molto importante che tu corregga le + Se non ti trovi nel Paese selezionato è molto importante che tu corregga le impostazioni. Guarda - Bootloader + Bootloader - DrakX ha fatto buone scelte per le impostazioni del bootloader. + DrakX ha fatto buone scelte per le impostazioni del bootloader. - Non cambiare nulla, a meno che tu non sappia come configurare Grub e/o Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta + Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta - Gestione dell'utente + Gestione dell'utente - Puoi aggiungere ulteriori utenti qua. Ognuno di loro avrà una sua cartella + Puoi aggiungere ulteriori utenti qua. Ognuno di loro avrà una sua cartella /home. - Servizi: + Servizi: I servizi di sistema sono quei piccoli programmi che lavorano in background (demoni). Questo strumentio ti permette di abilitare o disabilitare certi @@ -109,23 +91,28 @@ potrebbe impedire al tuo computer di lavorare correttamente. - Tastiera: + Tastiera: This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Mouse: + Mouse: - Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs + Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc. - Scheda audio: + Scheda audio: - The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option + The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -133,16 +120,15 @@ driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. Interfaccia grafica: - This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. + This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays. - Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta . + Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta . - - +
@@ -152,7 +138,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Rete: + Rete: Puoi configurare la tua rete qua, ma per le schede di rete con driver proprietari è meglio farlo dopo il riavvio. Nel Mageia Control @@ -171,7 +157,7 @@ that interface as well. vasto internet. Questa sezione ti permette di configurare il tuo computer per utilizzare un servizio proxy. - Potrebbe essere necessario consultare l'amministratore di sistema per + Potrebbe essere necessario consultare l'amministratore di sistema per ottenere i parametri che necessiti inserire qua @@ -184,28 +170,29 @@ ottenere i parametri che necessiti inserire qua - Livello di sicurezza: + Livello di sicurezza: - Qua puoi impostare il livello di sicurezza per il tuo computer. Nella + Qua puoi impostare il livello di sicurezza per il tuo computer. Nella maggior parte dei casi l'impostazione di default (Standard) è adeguata per un uso generale. - Spunta l'opzione che meglio si combina al tuo utilizzo. + Spunta l'opzione che meglio si combina al tuo utilizzo. Firewall: - Un firewall è inteso come una barriera fra i tuoi dati importanti e i + Un firewall è inteso come una barriera fra i tuoi dati importanti e i mascalzoni in internet che potrebbero comprometterli o rubarli. - Seleziona i servizi che desideri abbiano accesso al tuo sistema. Le tue -selezioni dipendono dall'uso che fai del tuo computer. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky. + Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/it/reboot.xml index 86265c9d..1f64e34d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Riavvia - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your -computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you -will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the -software media are being downloaded (see Software management). -
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/it/selectCountry.xml index 7f964845..58beae2f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,63 +1,46 @@ - -
+
+ + Seleziona il tuo paese/regione + + + + + - - Seleziona il tuo paese/regione - - - - - - - - - - - - - Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - Se il tuo Paese non è nella lista premi sul pulsante Altri + Se il tuo Paese non è nella lista premi sul pulsante Altri Paesi e seleziona il tuo Stato / Regione. - - Se il tuo Paese si trova solo nella lista Altri Paesi + + Se il tuo Paese si trova solo nella lista Altri Paesi dopo aver cliccato OK potrebbe sembrare che sia stato scelto il Paese dalla prima lista. Per favore ignorate, DrakX seguirà la scelta reale. - + -
- - - Metodo di input - +
+ + Metodo di input + - In the Other Countries screen you can also select an + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the -default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India -Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input -method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input -methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be -installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. - - - If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it -after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. + + + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by running localedrake as root. - -
+
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml index 95160960..ea51a776 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,116 +5,224 @@ - + Opzioni principali del bootloader - - - -
- With a Bios system + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Se preferisci impostazioni del bootloader diverse da quelle scelte in -automatico dall'installer puoi modificare da qua. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Potresti già avere altri sistemi su questa macchina. In tal caso puoi -decidere se aggiungere Mageia al tuo bootloader esistente o permettere a -Mageia di crearne uno nuovo. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - The Mageia graphical menus are nice : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Using a Mageia bootloader - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + + + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing. +
+ +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR -(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other -operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia -boot menu. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Mageia adesso offre GRUB2 come bootloader opzionale oltre a GRUB legacy e -Lilo. + + + - - Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by -GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is -used. + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. - La migliore soluzione è utilizzare GRUB 2 che è disponibile durante -l'installazione. - + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.
+
-
- - Usare un bootloader esistente - +
+ Using a Mageia bootloader - If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember -to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader -Configure button, which will allow you to change the -bootloader install location. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing -MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the -partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Per essere chiari, sda è il dispositivo, sda7 la partizione su quel -dispositivo. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type df to check where -your / (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to -the installer screen. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + + +
+ +
+ Usare un bootloader esistente + + The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question. -
- -
- - Opzioni avanzate del Bootloader - - - If you have very limited disk space for the / partition -that contains /tmp, click on -Advanced and check the box for Clean /tmp -at each boot. This helps to maintain some free space. -
- With an UEFI system + Using chain loading - With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot -choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer -created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although -it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index e4b6b982..3725e91e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,67 +2,17 @@ - + Aggiungi o modifica una Boot Menu Entry - - - - - -
- With a Bios system - - You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the -relevant button in the Bootloader Configuration screen -and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - - - If you have chosen Grub 2 as your bootloader, you cannot use -this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually -edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. - - - - - - - Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an -entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - - You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely. - - The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a -choice while booting up. - - - Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing. - -
- -
- With an UEFI system - - In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit -entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop -down list. - - After a click on the Next button, another drop down -list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical -boot loader. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/it/soundConfig.xml index 7b740cd7..7bf8a9ef 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Configurazione audio @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default -one. - +one. + The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run draksound or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the Hardware tab and clicking on Sound -Configuration at the top right of the screen. - +Configuration at the top right of the screen. + Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on Advanced and then on Troubleshooting to find very useful advice about how -to solve the problem. - +to solve the problem.
@@ -41,12 +32,9 @@ to solve the problem. Clicking Advanced in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on -Let me pick any driver. - - +Let me pick any driver.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 855a2cf9..a4b20280 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/it/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Disinstallare Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/ja.po b/docs/installer/ja.po index eda26a3f..35c06e3a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ja.po +++ b/docs/installer/ja.po @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml index 5e8e4a05..afab33b2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ja/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The Official Documentation for Mageia - + The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml index 98959136..4551f065 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ja/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ The Official Documentation for Mageia - + The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/nb.po b/docs/installer/nb.po index 19b25f39..6aa0ea5f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nb.po +++ b/docs/installer/nb.po @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml index 6487efaf..556cc1cd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nb/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon - + Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0 lisensen http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml index a6ba2ac8..53b12abd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nb/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon - + Teksten og skjermbildene i denne manualen er tigjengelige under CC BY-SA 3.0 lisensen http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index d6fa778a..7541e63b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nb/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -48,11 +48,6 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">her. De kan enten gjøre en ren installasjon eller oppgrader fra en tidligere versjon. - -
-
- DVD - Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur. @@ -79,7 +74,7 @@ Hardware Detection Tool. optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur. @@ -104,7 +99,7 @@ releases. Alle språk er tilgjengelige - Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur. + 64 bit architecture only.
@@ -118,7 +113,7 @@ releases. Alle språk er tilgjengelige - Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur. + 64 bit architecture only
@@ -132,7 +127,7 @@ releases. Alle språk er tilgjengelige - Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
@@ -166,8 +161,8 @@ PC that can't boot from a USB stick. netinstall.iso - Inneholder bare fri programvare for de som nekter å bruke ikke-fri -programvare. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
@@ -188,19 +183,19 @@ som trenger det. Laster ned Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: Klikk radioknappen Lagre Fil.
- Kontrollerer integriteten til det nedlastede medium + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your @@ -311,7 +306,7 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) Skriv inn kommandoen: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M Hvor X=enhetsnavnet feks: /dev/sdc - Eksempel: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M diff --git a/docs/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml index a742f929..3352113d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nb/setupBootloader.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ system - Mageias grafiske menyer er fine: + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - +
@@ -123,7 +123,8 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> OK. - + +
@@ -141,8 +142,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 3f500bdf..0413c7ba 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml index cc042a6e..dc6c8f61 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia - + De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml index e4021ed5..337fc829 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia - + De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index b72f2ccb..3e389fe8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml index 36980646..21b6f203 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia - + Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml index 7dbd33d6..7e92d7fe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Oficjalna Dokumentacja dla Mageia - + Tekst oraz zrzuty ekranu są dostępne na licencji CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 61beeda3..49b6e871 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,21 +1,16 @@ -
+
- Wybierz i użyj obrazu ISO -
Wprowadzenie - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -23,165 +18,123 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Nośnik -
Definicja - Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO file is copied to. - You can find them here.
-
Klasyczne medium instalacji -
Powszechne możliwości - These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx. - They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Różne media dla architektur 32 i 64 bitowych. + Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. - Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool. - Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages. - Dostaniesz wybór podczas instalacji aby dodać niewolne oprogramowanie.
-
Nośniki live -
Powszechne możliwości - Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. - Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases. - Zawierają one niewolne oprogramowanie.
-
Live DVD Plasma - Plasma desktop environment only. - Wszystkie języki są obecne. - - Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
Live DVD GNOME - Tylko środowisko graficzne GNOME. - Wszystkie języki są obecne. - - Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. + 64 bit architecture only
-
Live DVD Xfce - Xfce desktop environment only. - Wszystkie języki są obecne. - - Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Boot-only urządzenia CD -
Powszechne możliwości - Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to @@ -190,37 +143,30 @@ that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet. - These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a PC that can't boot from a USB stick. - Różne media dla 32 i 64 bitowych architektur. - Tylko język angielski.
-
netinstall.iso - - Zawiera tylko wolne oprogramowanie, dla ludzi odmawiającyh z wykorzystania -niewolnego oprogramowania. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
netinstall-nonfree.iso - Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need @@ -230,147 +176,108 @@ it.
-
Pobieranie i Sprawdzanie Mediów -
Pobieranie - Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Sprawdź przycisk Save File.
-
- Sprawdzanie integralności pobranych mediów - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Otwórz konsolę, root nie wymagany i: - - To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example: - -
-
Wypal lub zrzuć obraz ISO - The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium. -
Wypalenie obrazu ISO na CD/DVD - Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to burn an image, burn data or files is not correct. There is more information in the Mageia wiki.
-
Zrzuć obraz ISO na pamięci USB - All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick and then use it to boot and install the system. - - "dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on + "Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be reduced to the image size. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Magei - You can use a graphical tool like IsoDumper
-
Używanie graficznych narzędzi w Windows - Powinieneś spróbować: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Użycie linii poleceń w systemie GNU/Linux - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - Możesz także użyć narzędzia dd w konsoli: - Otwórz konsolę - Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final '-' ) - - - Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any + Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any application or file manager that could access or read it) - Wpisz polecenie fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -390,26 +297,20 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Wpisz polecenie: # dd if=ścieżka/do/obrazu/ISO.iso of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Gdzie X=twoje urządzenie nazwane np. /dev/sdc - - Przykład: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Wpisz polecenie: # sync - Odepnij swoją pamięć USB, skończone diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml index 8c95d0e2..4d8064a1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml @@ -1,120 +1,97 @@ -
+
Zarządzanie użytkownikami - - -
Ustawienie hasła administratora (root): - Wskazane jest, aby ustawić hasło administratora (root) w każdej instalacji Magei. Gdy wpisujesz hasło zmienia się kolor tarczy - z czerwonego poprzez żółty do zielonego - w zależności od siły hasła. Zielona tarcza sygnalizuje że używasz silnego hasła. Aby upewnić się, że nie popełniłeś literówki w haśle, musisz wpisać je po raz drugi w polu poniżej. - We wszystkich hasłach rozróżniane są duże i małe litery, najlepiej użyć hasła zawierającego litery (duże i małe), numery oraz inne znaki.
-
Dodaj użytkownika - Tutaj dodajemy użytkownika. Użytkownik ma mniejsze uprawnienia od administratora (root), ale wystarczające, aby przeglądać Internet, używać pakietów biurowych lub grać w gry czy wykonywać wszystkie inne czynności, które wykonuje na swoim komputerze przeciętny użytkownik. - Ikona: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika. - Imię i nazwisko: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego - Nazwa użytkownika: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. Wielkość liter ma znaczenie. - Hasło: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również ) - Hasło (powtórnie): Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają. - Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write protected home directory (umask=0027). - You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - Summary step during the install. Choose User management. - Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji.
-
Zaawansowane Zarządzanie Użytkownikami - Po kliknięciu na przycisk Zaawansowane będziesz miał możliwość edycji ustawień dla użytkownika którego dodajesz. - Dodatkowo, możesz włączyć lub wyłączyć konto gościa - Wszystkie dane, które zapisze w swoim katalogu domowym gość zostaną wykasowane po jego wylogowaniu. Gość musi zapisywać ważne pliki na USB. - Aktywuj konto gościa: Tutaj aktywujesz lub deaktywujesz konto gościa. Konto gościa pozwala na zalogowanie się i używanie komputera przez gości, ale posiada mniejsze uprawnienia niż zwykły użytkownik. - Powłoka: Ta lista pozwala na zmianę powłoki używanej przez użytkownika, którego dodajesz, do wyboru Bash, Dash oraz Sh - User ID: Tutaj możesz ustawić ID dla użytkownika którego dodałeś w poprzednim ekranie. Jest to numer. Zostaw puste, chyba że wiesz, co robisz. - Group ID: Pozwala to ustawić ID grupy. Także numer, zwykle taki sam jak dla użytkownika. Zostaw puste, chyba że wiesz, co diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml index f2e76213..498a2d8f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/diskdrake.xml @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ preferencjami. System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - - + @@ -54,8 +55,9 @@ System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - - + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml index cde647d8..28605b23 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -19,12 +19,10 @@ propozycje instalatora dotyczące instalacji twardego oraz jego zawartości. - - - - - - + + @@ -64,12 +62,10 @@ sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. - - - - - - + + @@ -140,12 +136,10 @@ partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. - - - - - - + + diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/pl/reboot.xml index 3cdb4a38..c5f8593b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/reboot.xml @@ -1,24 +1,18 @@ -
+
Uruchom ponownie - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as asked in this order! - - - When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. -These indicate that the software media are being downloaded (see Software + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software management). - diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml index 338c34cc..2cf4ce4d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml @@ -27,17 +27,16 @@ Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC--> - Graficzne menu Magei są niezłe: + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems - - - - + Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz. @@ -50,19 +49,18 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> choose between with or without graphical menu - - - - - + + - If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it -is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. Nie modyfikuj "Boot Device", chyba że masz pojęcie, co robisz.
@@ -90,11 +88,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - - - - +
@@ -108,25 +105,25 @@ question.
- Using the chain loading + Using chain loading - If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, click on Next, then on Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP or MBR. - - - - - + + - You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click -on OK. + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. - + +
@@ -144,8 +141,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. @@ -165,10 +163,10 @@ check that it matches with the one set above. Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by -stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be -useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think -the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random -reboots or system lockups). +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). @@ -185,7 +183,7 @@ IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which -manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 46eb6b9d..5fad56fb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "A documentação oficial para Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml index 5a68cc9a..83f6c6c6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ A documentação oficial para Mageia - + Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml index 1e1efe0f..a4bf5d20 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ A documentação oficial para Mageia - + Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index cbdafd1d..c00f4130 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "Documentația oficială pentru Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml index 964b2966..06ddedb3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Documentația oficială pentru Mageia - + Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml index 4dc8b478..6b079351 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Documentația oficială pentru Mageia - + Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index ab4fe0d8..3fb74ad6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO -
Introducere - Mageia este distribuită prin imagini ISO. Această pagină vă va ajuta să alegeți imaginea care se potrivește nevoilor voastre. - Există două familii de medii: - Instalatorul clasic: După ce ați demarat de pe mediul de instalare, va urma @@ -23,7 +20,6 @@ flexibilitate pentru personalizarea instalării, oferindu-vă în mod particular posibilitatea de a alege mediul de birou pe care doriți să-l instalați. - Mediul LIVE: Puteți demara de pe mediul de instalare un sistem real Mageia fără să-l instalați pentru a putea vedea ce veți obține după @@ -31,202 +27,119 @@ instalare. Procesul de instalare este mai simplu, însă aveți mai puține opțiuni. - Detaliile sînt oferite în secțiunile următoare.
-
Medii -
Definiție - Aici, un mediu (plural: medii) este o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic pe care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO. - Le puteți găsi aici.
-
Mediile de instalare clasice -
Caracteristici comune - Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx. - Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă. - -
- -
- DVD - - Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți. - Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială - Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile. - Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați aplicațiile proprietare.
- -
- DVD arhitectură duală - - - - Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută -automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat. - - - - Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce. - - - - Nu sînt disponibile toate limbile. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, -pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT! - - - - Conține aplicații proprietare. - - -
-
Mediile Live -
Caracteristici comune - Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur. - - Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți. - Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente. - Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare.
-
- LiveCD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - Doar mediul de birou KDE. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - Doar limba engleză. + Toate limbile sînt prezente. - - Doar 32 de biți. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- LiveCD GNOME - + LiveDVD GNOME Doar mediul de birou GNOME. - - - Doar limba engleză. - - - - Doar 32 de biți. - - -
- -
- LiveDVD KDE - - - - Doar mediul de birou KDE. - - Toate limbile sînt prezente. - - Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- LiveDVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - Doar mediul de birou GNOME. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Toate limbile sînt prezente. - - Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
CD-uri doar pentru demarat -
Caracteristici comune - Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul @@ -235,38 +148,31 @@ pachete necesare pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste pachete se pot afla pe discul calculatorului, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet. - Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB. - Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți. - Doar limba engleză.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile -proprietare. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru @@ -276,69 +182,50 @@ persoanele care au nevoie de ele.
-
Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor -
Descărcare - - Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau -BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, -precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă -este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum și sha1sum sînt unelte pentru verificarea integrității imaginilor -ISO. Utilizați doar una din ele. Păstrați una din ele pentru a o utiliza și mai tîrziu. Apoi vă va -apărea această fereastră: - + md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Keep one of them for further +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”.
-
- Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat - - Ambele sume de control sînt numere hexazecimale calculate de un algoritm cu -fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Cînd îi cereți algoritmului să recalculeze -acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr -și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit -un eșec. În caz de eșec trebuie să încercați să-l mai descărcați o dată. - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media + Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și: - - Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu: - -
-
Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO - Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau pusă pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara. -
Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD - Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe inscripționat o imagine, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este @@ -346,79 +233,58 @@ potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în Mageia wiki.
-
Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB - Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „puse” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul. - „punerea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acel dispozitiv; toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO. - Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să repartiționați și să reformatați cheia USB. -
Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Mageia - Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum IsoDumper
-
Utilizînd o unealtă grafică din Windows - Puteți încerca: - - Rufus utilizînd opțiunea „ISO image"; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Utilizînd linia de comandă dintr-un sistem GNU/Linux - Este potențial „periculos” să faceți acest lucru manual. Riscați să suprascrieți o partiție pe disc dacă aveți un ID de dispozitiv greșit. - Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă: - Deschideți o consolă - Deveniți root cu comanda su - (nu uitați liniuța de la final '-' ) - - Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi) - Introduceți comanda fdisk -l - - Alternativ, puteți obține numele dispozitivului cu comanda dmesg, la sfîrșit veți vedea numele dispozitivului începînd cu sd, sau sdd în acest caz: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -438,26 +304,20 @@ gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu, în imaginea de mai sus /dev/sdb este o cheie USB de 8 Go. - Introduceți comanda: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc - - Exemplu: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Introduceți comanda: # sync - Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat. diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/ro/addUser.xml index 653d6ef9..aad03a14 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Gestionare utilizatori și administratori - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Definiți parola administratorului (root): - Pentru toate instalările de Mageia se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca parolă root în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în @@ -50,94 +20,68 @@ căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit. - Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale.
-
Introduceți un utilizator - Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său. - Pictogramă: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului. - Nume real: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului. - Numele contului: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule. - Parolă: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și ) - Parola (din nou): retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe. - - Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor -avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă -protejat la scriere). - - Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu MCC - Sistem - -Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem vor avea un director personal -protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere. - - Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este -recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe -cei adevărați după repornire. - - Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, -va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa -Configurație - rezumat alegînd Gestionare -utilizatori. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Drepturile de acces pot fi modificate și după instalare.
- -
+
Gestionare avansată utilizatori - Dacă apăsați butonul Avansat vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. - Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa un cont invitat. - Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit rbash, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB. - Activează contul invitat: aici puteți activa sau @@ -145,19 +89,16 @@ dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal. - Interpretor: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh. - ID Utilizator: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba. - ID Grup: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml index 1990f5b2..386c7386 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Selectarea biroului - - - + Selectarea biroului + + - În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru + În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea. - După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării + După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul Detalii. + + - - - - - Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou + Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou KDE sau Gnome. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe Personalizat dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, @@ -30,5 +25,4 @@ nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul LXDE este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml index d93aef25..772ca620 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Selectarea grupurilor de pachete + - - Selectarea grupurilor de pachete - + - + + + - - - - - Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce + Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul. - - - Stație de lucru. - + + + Stație de lucru. + - - Server. - + + Server. + - - Mediu grafic de lucru - + + Mediu grafic de lucru + - - Selectare individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a + + Selectare individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele. - - - Pentru intrucțiuni despre cum să faceți o instalare minimalistă (cu sau -fără X & IceWM), citiți . -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml index fb30662c..11661efe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake - @@ -40,29 +20,42 @@ criptarea și pe partiția /boot, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara. - Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura + Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, sau modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe. - Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv + Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei. - Apăsați pe Șterge toate partițiile pentru a șterge + Apăsați pe Șterge toate partițiile pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat. - Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția + Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge. Continuați pînă cînd ajustați totul așa cum doriți. - Apăsați pe Gata cînd sînteți pregătit. + Apăsați pe Gata cînd sînteți pregătit. - Dacă instalați Mageia pe un sistem UEFI, verificați că o partiție de sistem -EFI (ESP) este prezentă și montată corect în /boot/EFI (a se vedea mai sus) + If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml index b0488c28..cffa8c40 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,47 +5,51 @@ - + Partiționare - În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de + În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați Mageia. - Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de + Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor. - - + + Utilizează partițiile existente - Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente + Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare. - Utilizează spațiul liber + Utilizează spațiul liber - Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va + Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia. - Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows + Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows - Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul + Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze. Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante! - Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției + Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate @@ -59,27 +63,29 @@ dimensiunile făcînd clic și trăgînd spațiul dintre partiții. A se vedea imaginea de mai jos. - - + + - Șterge și utilizează tot discul. + Șterge și utilizează tot discul. - Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia. + Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia. - ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți + ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă! - Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți + Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune. - Personalizat + Personalizat - Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile + Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure. @@ -125,6 +131,24 @@ detectată automat sau creată dacă nu există încă și montată în verificați dacă acest lucru a fost făcut corect. + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml index b9b06e3f..6a859b64 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,39 +1,28 @@ -
- +
Felicitări - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția + + + + + Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția Mageia, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și redemara calculatorul. - După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege + După redemarare, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul). - Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va -fi selectată și pornită automat. - - Profitați! - - Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți -la Mageia - - + Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va +fi selectată și pornită automat. + + Profitați! + + Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți +la Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml index adafd357..66d7d4e5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Rezumatul parametrilor diverși - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție + + + + DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd Configurează. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Parametri sistem @@ -64,31 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Țară / Regiune + Țară / Regiune - Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara + Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți - Încărcător de sistem + Încărcător de sistem - DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem. + DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem. - Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Pentru mai multe informații, consultați + Pentru mai multe informații, consultați - Gestionare utilizatori + Gestionare utilizatori - Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său + Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director /home. - Servicii: + Servicii: Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite @@ -109,23 +91,28 @@ poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului. - Tastatură: + Tastatură: Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Maus: + Maus: - Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum + Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc. - Placă de sunet: + Placă de sunet: - Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a + Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit. @@ -133,17 +120,16 @@ pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit. Interfață grafică: - Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele. + Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele. - Pentru mai multe informații, consultați Pentru mai multe informații, consultați . - - +
@@ -153,7 +139,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Rețea: + Rețea: Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după redemarare, din @@ -173,7 +159,7 @@ supravegheze și acea interfață. Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy. - S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a + S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici. @@ -186,28 +172,29 @@ obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici. - Nivel de securitate: + Nivel de securitate: - Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în + Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită. - Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare. + Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare. Parafoc: - Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și + Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura. - Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor -depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc). + Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc).
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/ro/reboot.xml index 033667bc..fcefe7b6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/reboot.xml @@ -1,21 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Repornește - + + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your +computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). - - - Odată ce s-a instalat încărcătorul de sistem veți fi invitat să opriți -calculatorul, să îndepărtați mediul de instalare și să reporniți -calculatorul. După repornire veți vedea o succesiune de bare de descărcare -în progresie. Acestea indică faptul că mediile cu aplicații sînt în curs de -descărcare (vedeți capitolul de gestionare a aplicațiilor). -
+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml index 0a2d16a1..df94ec6a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,65 +1,46 @@ - -
+
+ + Selectați țara / regiunea + + + + + - - Selectați țara / regiunea - - - - - - - - - - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri -de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare -radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza -rețelele fără fir. - - Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul Alte + Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul Alte țări și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea. - - Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista Alte țări, după + + Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista Alte țări, după ce faceți clic pe OK poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o. - - -
+ - - Metodă de intrare - +
+ + Metodă de intrare + - În ecranul Alte țări puteți selecta și metoda de -intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie -cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este -metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile -Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va -fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai -trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, -HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat -mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor. + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - - Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți -accesa după redemararea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” --> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root. - -
+ + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root. +
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml index 69946496..d2fd0ddd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,120 +5,224 @@ - + Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem - - - -
- Cu un sistem BIOS + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor -aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest -caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem -existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - Meniurile grafice Mageia sînt frumoase: + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + - Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR -(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc -dur. Dacă aveți deja instalate și alte sisteme de operare, Mageia va încerca -să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj. + Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți. +
- De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus -de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - - Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt -suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute -dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 -care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării. - + + + + + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. + + Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți.
+
-
- - Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent - +
+ Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia - Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va -trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și -să faceți clic pe butonul Configurează de lîngă -încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a -încărcătorului de sistem. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie -sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția -rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de -exemplu: sda7). + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel -dispozitiv. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați df -ca să verificați unde se află partiția / -(rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS + + + +
- Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de +
+ Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent + + Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune. -
- -
- - Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem - - - Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția /, iar -aceasta conține /tmp, faceți clic pe -Avansat și bifați căsuța Curăță /tmp la -fiecare pornire. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu -liber. -
- Cu un sistem UEFI + Using chain loading - Pe un sistem UEFI interfața utilizator este un pic diferită deoarece nu -puteți alege încărcătorul de sistem din moment ce numai Grub2-efi este -disponibil. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- Dacă Mageia este primul sistem instalat pe calculator, instalatorul a creat -o ESP (Partiție de Sistem EFI) pentru a găzdui încărcătorul de sistem -(Grub2-efi). Dacă se afla dinainte și un alt sistem de operare UEFI instalat -pe calculator (Windows 8 de exemplu), instalatorul Mageia a detectat -partiția ESP creată de Windows și a adăugat Grub2-efi. Este totuși posibil -să aveți mai multe partiții ESP, însă una este suficientă indiferent de cît -de multe sisteme de operare aveți instalate pe calculator. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Nu modificați „Dispozitivul de demaraj” doar dacă știți ce faceți. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index 1a14d2f5..2866535d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,69 +2,17 @@ - + Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj - - - - - -
- Cu un sistem BIOS - - Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe -butonul corespunzător din ecranul Configurare încărcător de -sistem și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în -acel moment. - - - Dacă ați ales Grub 2 ca încărcător de sistem nu puteți utiliza -această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați -„Înainte”. Va trebui să editați manual /boot/grub2/custom.cfg -sau să utilizați grub-customizer. - - - - - - - Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca -intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc. - - Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o -puteți redenumi în întregime. - - Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici -o alegere la pornire. - - - Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu -încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți. - -
- -
- Cu un sistem UEFI - - În acest caz utilizați Grub2-efi și nu puteți utiliza această unealtă pentru -a edita intrările în această etapă. Pentru a face acest lucru va trebui să -editați manual /boot/grub2/custom.cfg sau mai bine utilizați -grub-customizer. Tot ce puteți face aici este să alegeți -intrarea implicită din lista derulantă. - - După ce apăsați pe butonul Înainte o altă listă -derulantă vă permite să alegeți rezoluția video pentru Grub2 care este un -încărcător grafic de sistem. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml index c1144a91..ce65fed6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Configurare sunet @@ -14,24 +6,23 @@ - - + + Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru -placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul. - +placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul. + Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci executați draksound sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria Componente materiale și faceți clic pe Configurare sunet în partea din -dreapta sus a ecranului. - +dreapta sus a ecranului. + Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe Avansat și apoi pe Depanare -pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema. - +pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema.
@@ -40,12 +31,9 @@ pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema. Apăsarea pe Avansat în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva -disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. - +disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe -Alegerea unui pilot. - - +Alegerea unui pilot.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml index e584043b..815f0ef2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ro/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Dezinstalare Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index 0faecf1c..9f29d38b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "Официальная документация для Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml index ee7b690c..95f32a4d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Официальная документация для Mageia - + Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml index bf3d8c37..a0798c44 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Официальная документация для Mageia - + Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 696698a1..aaffcc02 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Выбор и использование образов ISO -
Введение - Mageia распространяется через образы ISO. Эта страница поможет вам выбрать, какие образы соответствуют вашим потребностям. - Существует два семейства источников: - Классическая программа установки: После загрузки с носителя будет @@ -22,209 +19,124 @@ настраиваемой установке, в частности, выбрать окружение рабочего стола, которое вы будете устанавливать. - LIVE носитель: вы можете загрузиться с носителя в реальной системе Mageia, не устанавливая её, чтобы увидеть, что вы получите после установки. Процесс установки проще, но вы получите меньший выбор. - Подробности приведены в следующих разделах.
-
Носитель -
Определение - Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на котором хранятся данные файла ISO. - Вы можете найти их здесь.
-
Классический носитель для установки -
Типичные возможности - Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx. - Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков. - -
- -
- DVD - - Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит. - Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования. - Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки. - При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного программного обеспечения.
- -
- DVD двойственной архитектуры - - - - Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор -архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном -процессоре. - - - - Только рабочий стол XFCE. - - - - Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, -uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ! - - - - Он содержит несвободное программное обеспечение. - - -
-
Live носитель -
Типичные возможности - Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск. - - Каждый ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит. - Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с предыдущих выпусков. - Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение.
-
- Live CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - Только рабочая среда KDE. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - Только английский язык. + Присутствуют все языки. - - Только 32 бит. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Live CD GNOME - + Live DVD GNOME Только рабочая среда GNOME. - - - Только английский язык. - - - - Только 32 бит. - - -
- -
- Live DVD KDE - - - - Только рабочая среда KDE. - - Присутствуют все языки. - - Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Live DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - Только рабочая среда GNOME. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Присутствуют все языки. - - Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Носители CD только для загрузки -
Типичные возможности - Каждый из таких малых образов содержит минимум данных, необходимых для @@ -233,38 +145,31 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ! находиться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете. - Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если канал связи в сети слишком узкий для загрузки полноценного образа DVD, на компьютерах без привода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB. - Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит. - Только английский язык.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для -пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен @@ -274,150 +179,110 @@ uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!
-
Загрузка и проверка носителя данных -
Загрузка - - Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или -с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне -будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и -предоставлена ​​возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных -слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто: - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum и sha1sum - инструменты для проверки целостности ISO. Используйте -только один из них. Держите один из них для -дальнейшего использования. Затем появляется это окно: - + md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Keep one of them for further +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Отметьте пункт «Сохранить файл».
-
- Проверка целостности загруженных данных - - Обе контрольные суммы - это шестнадцатеричные числа, рассчитанные по -алгоритму из загруженного файла. Когда вы применяете эти алгоритмы чтобы -пересчитать это число из загруженного файла, и у вас получается то же число, -то ваш загруженный файл является правильным, но если числа отличаются, то у -вас неудача. Неудача означает, что вы должны повторить загрузку. - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media + Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду: - - При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso. - - При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso. - и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример: - -
-
Запись образа ISO - Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для создания загрузочного носителя. -
Записать ISO на CD/DVD - Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на запись образа. Просто записать данные или файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из вики Mageia.
-
Запись образа ISO на USB флешку - Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы. - В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа. - Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии придётся его форматировать. -
Использование графического инструмента внутри Mageia - Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например IsoDumper
-
Использование графического инструмента внутри Windows - Вы можете попробовать: - - Rufus использует опцию "образа ISO"; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Использование командной строки внутри системы GNU/Linux - Это потенциально *опасно* делать это вручную. Вы рискуете перезаписать раздел диска, если вы неправильно получите идентификатор устройства. - Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd: - Откройте окно консоли - Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды su - (не забудьте «-» в конце команды) - - Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления файлами) - Введите команду fdisk -l - - В качестве альтернативы вы можете получить имя устройства с помощью команды dmesg: в конце вы увидите имя устройства, начинающегося с sd, иsdd в этом случае: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -437,27 +302,21 @@ Disk Imager [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Найдите имя устройства для вашего USB диска (по его размеру). Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB. - Введите команду: # dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc - - Например: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Введите команду: # sync - Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена. diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/ru/addUser.xml index 876ae951..8e5cfd59 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Восстановление пароля администратора (root): - В каждой установленной системе Mageia следует определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux обычно называется пароль root. При вводе пароля цвет @@ -50,99 +20,70 @@ fileref="live-user1.png"/> зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок. - Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы.
-
Введите пользователя - С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером. - Иконка: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок пользователя. - Имя: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя пользователя. - Имя пользователя: здесь вы можете ввести регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. Имя пользователя чувствительно к регистру. - Пароль: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также ) - Пароль (еще раз): повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным вариантом. - - Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых -будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не -записывать в эти каталоги данные). - - Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи -которых будут добавлены через Центр управления Mageia - Система - -Управление пользователями , будут защищены как от чтения, так и -от записи. - - Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного -пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного -пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и -перезагрузки системы. - - Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых -будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих -пользователей системы на шаге Настройки - Резюме при -установке системы. Для управления записями выберите Управление -пользователями . - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после завершения установки системы.
- -
+
Дополнительные возможности управления учетными записями пользователей - Если вы нажмете кнопку Дополнительно, то программа откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. - Кроме того, вы можете отключить или включить учётную запись гостя. - Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта rbash в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных. - Включить гостевой аккаунт: с помощью этого пункта можно @@ -150,20 +91,17 @@ fileref="live-user1.png"/> сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями. - Командная оболочка: с помощью этого раскрывающегося списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh. - Код пользователя: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий. - Код группы: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml index 65e6e4f6..6ab9275b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Выбор рабочего стола - - - + Выбор рабочего стола + + - В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, + В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы. - После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить + После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки Подробности. + + - - - - - Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, KDE + Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, KDE или Gnome. Эти среды объединяют полноценные наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт Дополнительно, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну @@ -31,5 +26,4 @@ format="PNG" > LXDE является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml index 73b1f4de..a4eed111 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,41 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Выбор групп пакетов + - - Выбор групп пакетов - + - + + + - - - - - Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на + Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке. - - - Рабочая станция. - + + + Рабочая станция. + - - Сервер. - + + Сервер. + - - Графическая среда. - + + Графическая среда. + - - Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления + + Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления или удаления пакетов вручную. - - - Ознакомьтесь с разделом , где -изложены инструкции относительно установки минимальной системы (без или с -графическим сервером и IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml index c7a77934..7746b550 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake - @@ -40,19 +20,19 @@ fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной. - С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей + С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновку разделов(ла) в вашей системе. С ее помощью можно извлекать и создавать разделы, менять файловые системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до внесения изменений. - Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в + Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, если будет обнаружено три диска. - Нажмите кнопку Очистить все, чтобы все разделы на + Нажмите кнопку Очистить все, чтобы все разделы на выбранном носителе данных были очищены. - Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область + Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все разделы. @@ -60,14 +40,27 @@ fileref="live-diskdrake.png" align="center"/> Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не станет так, как вы хотите. - Нажмите кнопку Выполнено, когда настройки будут + Нажмите кнопку Выполнено, когда настройки будут завершены. - Если вы устанавливаете Mageia в систему с UEFI, убедитесь, что существует -ESP (EFI System Partition) и она смонтирована в /boot/EFI (см. Выше). + If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml index 4c3becc1..c13ef647 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,41 +5,45 @@ - + Разбиение на разделы - С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков + С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX о месте установки Mageia. - Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации + Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации компьютера и содержимого дисков. - - + + Использовать существующие разделы - Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены + Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки системы. - Использовать свободное место + Использовать свободное место - Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть + Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia. - Использовать свободное место на разделе Microsoft Windows® + Использовать свободное место на разделе Microsoft Windows® - Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах + Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы. @@ -47,7 +51,7 @@ Windows достаточно свободного места для устано случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов! - Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть + Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть «очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя @@ -62,28 +66,30 @@ Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - ниже снимок экрана. - - + + - Стереть и использовать весь диск + Стереть и использовать весь диск - При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь + При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь диск. - Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте + Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте осторожны! - Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то + Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим вариантом. - Вручную + Вручную - С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению + С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями. @@ -128,6 +134,24 @@ Windows голубым цветом, а будущий раздел с Mageia - проверить, что это было сделано правильно + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml index 9e98919d..63aab133 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,38 +1,27 @@ -
- +
Поздравляем - - - - - - - - - - - - - Теперь Mageia установлена и настроена, можно + + + + + Теперь Mageia установлена и настроена, можно извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер. - После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из + После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено несколько систем). - Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически -запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia. - - Приятной работы! - - Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе -Mageia - - + Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически +запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia. + + Приятной работы! + + Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе +Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/ru/misc-params.xml index ff631059..2937afba 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Резюме относительно других параметров - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно + + + + DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого достаточно нажать кнопку Настроить. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Параметры системы @@ -64,33 +46,32 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Страна / Регион + Страна / Регион - Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, + Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. - Загрузчик + Загрузчик - DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующие параметры загрузчика. + DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующие параметры загрузчика. - Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках -Grub и/или Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу + Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу - Управление учетными записями + Управление учетными записями - С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У + С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог /home. - Службы: + Службы: Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете @@ -112,24 +93,29 @@ linkend="configureServices"/>. - Клавиатура: + Клавиатура: С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа клавиатуры. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Мышь: + Мышь: - С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, + С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, шаровые манипуляторы и т.д. - Звуковая плата: + Звуковая плата: - Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом + Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является дефолтным. @@ -138,18 +124,17 @@ linkend="configureServices"/>. Графический интерфейс: - С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших + С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших графических карт и дисплеев. - Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу . - - +
@@ -159,7 +144,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Сеть: + Сеть: В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после @@ -180,7 +165,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб прокси-сервера. - Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать + Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе. @@ -193,32 +178,32 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Уровень безопасности: + Уровень безопасности: - С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего + С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему компьютеру достаточную защиту. - Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу + Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу использования системы. Файервол: - Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные + Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и воспользоваться этими данными. - Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор -служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная -система. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может + Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/ru/reboot.xml index 0a1ffa37..f477077d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Перезагрузка - + + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your +computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). - - - После того, как загрузчик был установлен, вам будет предложено остановить -ваш компьютер, удалить live CD и перезагрузить компьютер. При перезагрузке -вы увидите прогресс бары успеха загрузки. Они указывают, что источник -программ загружен (см. Управление программным обеспечением). -
+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml index 6f95a87a..40548400 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,68 +1,47 @@ - -
+
+ + Выбор страны и региона + + + + + - - Выбор страны и региона - - - - - - - - - - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров -локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления -беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности -использования беспроводной связи. - - Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку Другие + Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку Другие страны и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто. - - Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке Другие + + Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке Другие страны может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный выбор. - - -
+ - - Способ ввода - +
+ + Способ ввода + - С помощью окна Другие страны вы можете выбрать способ -ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность -пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, -японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и -портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей -азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, -следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие -способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям -подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были -добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP. + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - - Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить -доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить -компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя -root. - -
+ + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root. +
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml index ff66b065..8baccd32 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,122 +5,227 @@ - + Основные параметры загрузчика - - - -
- С системой Bios + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были -выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить -их с помощью этой страницы. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на -компьютере. Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен -пункт Mageia к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать -собственный загрузчик. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - Графические меню Mageia выглядят великолепно. : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Использование загрузчика Mageia - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems - По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в -MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске -уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты -этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia. + + + - В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в -дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo. + Не изменяйте "Загрузочное устройство", если на самом деле не знаете, что вы +делаете. +
- - Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в -текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком -GRUB (устаревшей версии). +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе -использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке -операционной системы. - + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu + + + + + + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. + + Не изменяйте "Загрузочное устройство", если на самом деле не знаете, что вы +делаете.
+
+ +
+ Использование загрузчика Mageia + + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: -
- - Использование уже установленного загрузчика - + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте -остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе -«Загрузчик» кнопку Настроить, с помощью которой вы -сможете изменить место установки загрузчика. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR -будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на -шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7». + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sda7 - раздел на устройстве. + + +
- - Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду -df чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела -/ (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора -можно с помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7. - +
+ Использование уже установленного загрузчика - Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного + Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации другой операционной системы. -
- -
- - Дополнительные параметры загрузчика - - - Если объем на диске с разделом /, содержащий каталог -/tmp, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку -Дополнительно и отметьте пункт Очищать /tmp -при каждой перезагрузке. Это поможет сэкономить немного места. -
- С системой UEFI + Using chain loading - С EFI системой пользовательский интерфейс немного отличается, вы не можете -выбрать загрузчик, так как только доступен Grub2-efi. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- Если Mageia - это первая система, установленная на вашем компьютере, то -установщик создал ESP (Системный раздел EFI), чтобы получить начальный -загрузчик (Grub2-efi). Если уже имеются UEFI операционные системы, которые -были ранее установлены на вашем компьютере (Windows 8, например), то -программа установки Mageia обнаружила существующий ESP, созданный Windows, и -добавила grub2-efi. Несмотря на то, что можно иметь несколько ESP, -рекомендуется и достаточен только один независимо от количества имеющихся у -вас операционных систем. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Не изменяйте "Загрузочное устройство", если на самом деле не знаете, что вы -делаете. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index b565392a..32f440ed 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,71 +2,17 @@ - + Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты - - - - - -
- С системой Bios - - Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите -соответствующую кнопку на странице Настройки -загрузчика. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования. - - - Если вами был выбран загрузчик Grub 2, тогда вы не сможете -воспользоваться этим инструментом для редактирования записей на следующем -шаге, после нажатия кнопки «Далее». Вам следует воспользоваться другим -графическим инструментом для редактирования, в частности -kcm-grub2, grub-customizer, или внести изменения в -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg вручную. - - - - - - - Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям -относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке. - - Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить -название записи. - - Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если -пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки. - - - Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки -системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам -достоверно неизвестно их назначение. - -
- -
- С системой UEFI - - В этом случае вы используете Grub2-efi, и вы не можете использовать этот -инструмент для редактирования записей на этом шаге. Для этого необходимо -вручную отредактировать /boot/grub2/custom.cfg или используйте -grub-customizer вместо этого. Всё, что вы можете сделать здесь, -это выбрать запись по умолчанию в раскрывающемся списке. - - После щелчка по кнопке Далее, другой выпадающий -список позволяет выбрать разрешение видео для Grub2, который представляет -собой графический загрузчик. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml index 5b464b2f..898613e9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Настройка звука @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется -только один дефолтный. - +только один дефолтный. + Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите draksound или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку Оборудование и нажав -Настройка звука в верхнем правом углу окна. - +Настройка звука в верхнем правом углу окна. + Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты "Настройка звука" щёлкните на Дополнительно и потом на Устранение неполадок, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить -эту проблему. - +эту проблему.
@@ -41,12 +32,9 @@ format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> Нажатие Дополнительно в этом окне во время установки полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных -драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер. - +драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер. В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на -Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер. - - +Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml index d1a47745..22ac76fa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Удаление Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/sk.po b/docs/installer/sk.po index 2d96ae5e..664623a9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk.po +++ b/docs/installer/sk.po @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml index 6fabf453..4c9b04f3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu - + Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml index c92d351c..c2a198ef 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Oficiálna dokumentácia pre Mageiu - + Texty a snímky obrazovky v tomto manuále sú dostupný pod licenciou CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 2352f1ab..0ae345a3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Vyberte a používajte ISO -
Úvod - Mageia je šírená cestou ISO obrazov. Táto stránka vám pomôže vybrať si, ktorý obraz vyhovuje vašim potrebám. - Sú tu dve rodiny nosičov: - Klasický inštalátor: Po zavedení z nosiča, bude nasledovať postup dovoľujúci @@ -21,207 +18,123 @@ výber toho, čo chcete nainštalovať a ako nakonfigurovať váš cieľový systém. Toto vám dáva maximálnu flexibilitu pre prispôsobenú inštaláciu, vrátane možnosti výberu, ktoré Prostredie Pracovnej Plochy si nainštalujete. - ŽIVÝ nosič dát: môžete zaviesť nosič v reálnom systéme Mageia bez jeho inštalácie, aby ste videli, čo dostanete po inštalácii. Proces inštalácie je jednoduchší, ale dostanete menej možností výberu. - Podrobnosti sú uvedené v ďalších častiach.
-
Dátové nosiče -
Definícia - Tu je médiom (nosičom) obrazový súbor ISO, ktorý vám umožňuje inštalovať a/alebo aktualizovať Mageiu a pri rozšírení akúkoľvek fyzickú podporu, na ktorú je ISO súbor skopírovaný. - Môžete ich nájsť tu.
-
Klasické inštalačné nosiče -
Bežné vlastnosti - Tieto ISO súbory používajú tradičný inštalátor nazvaný drakx. - Dokážu spraviť čistú inštaláciu alebo aktualizovať z predošlých vydaní. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Rozličné nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitovú architektúru + Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry. - Niektoré nástroje sú dostupné na Uvítacej obrazovke: Záchranný systém, Pamäťový test, Nástroj na detekciu hardvéru. - Každé DVD obsahuje mnohé dostupné prostredia pracovnej plochy a jazyky. - Počas inštalácie vám bude daná voľba pridať si neslobodný softvér.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Obe architektúry sú prítomné na tom istom nosiči, voľba je učinená -automaticky vzhľadom k nájdenému procesoru. - - - - Používa len Xfce pracovnú plochu. - - - - Nie všetky jazyky sú dostupné. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, -ru, sv, uk) TREBA SKONTROLOVAŤ! - - - - Obsahuje neslobodný softvér. - - -
-
Živé nosiče -
Bežné vlastnosti - Môžu byť použité na obhliadku distribúcie bez jej nainštalovania na pevný disk i na voliteľné nainštalovanie Mageie na váš pevný disk. - - Každé ISO obsahuje len jedno prostredie pracovnej plochy (KDE alebo GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry. - Živé ISO súbory môžu byť použití len na vytvorenie čistých inštalácií, nemôžu byť použité na aktualizáciu z predošlých vydaní. - Obsahujú neslobodný softvér.
-
- Živé CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - iba KDE prostredie pracovnej plochy. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - iba anglický jazyk. + Všetky jazyky sú prítomné. - - iba 32 bitové. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Živé CD GNOME - + Živé DVD GNOME ibe GNOME prostredie pracovnej plochy. - - - iba anglický jazyk. - - - - iba 32 bitové. - - -
- -
- Živé DVD KDE - - - - iba KDE prostredie pracovnej plochy. - - Všetky jazyky sú prítomné. - - Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Živé DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - ibe GNOME prostredie pracovnej plochy. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Všetky jazyky sú prítomné. - - Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Iba bootovacie CD nosiče -
Bežné vlastnosti - Každý jeden je malý obraz, ktorý neobsahuje viac než to, čo je treba pre @@ -230,37 +143,30 @@ naštartovanie drakx inštalátora a nájdenie drakx-inštalátora-časti2 a inštalácie. Tieto balíčky môžu byť na pevnom disku V PC, na lokálnom disku, na lokálnej sieti alebo na internete. - Tieto nosiče sú veľmi ľahké (menšie než 100 MB) a sú vhodné, keď prenosové pásmo príliš malé pre stiahnutie plného DVD, keď PC nemá DVD mechaniku alebo keď PC nedokáže naštartovať z USB kľúča. - Rôzne nosiče pre 32 alebo 64 bitové architektúry. - iba anglický jazyk.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Obsahuje len slobodný softvér, pre tých ľudí, ktorí odmietajú používať -neslobodný softvér. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Obsahuje neslobodný softvér (zväčša ovládače, kodeky...) pre ľudí, ktorí ich @@ -270,69 +176,50 @@ potrebujú.
-
Sťahovanie a skontrolovanie nosiča -
Sťahovanie - - Ak ste si už vybrali váš ISO súbor, môžete ho stiahnuť pomocou buď http -alebo BitTorrentu. V oboch prípadoch vám okno podáva pár informácií, ako sú -použitý zrkadlový server a možnosť zmeny, ak je prenosová rýchlosť príliš -nízka. Ak je vybrané http, môžete uvidieť i čosi takéto - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum a sha1sum sú nástroje pre skontrolovanie neporušenosti ISO -súboru. Jeden z nich si ponechajte pre budúce -použitie. Potom sa objaví toto okno: - + md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Keep one of them for further +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Zaškrtnite prepínacie tlačidlo Uložiť Súbor.
-
- Kontrolovanie neporušenosti stiahnutého nosiča - - Obe kontrolné súčty sú hexadecimálne čísla vypočítané algoritmom zo súboru, -ktorý má byť stiahnutý. Keď požiadate tieto algoritmy na znovuprepočítanie -tohto čísla z vášho stiahnutého súboru, buď dostanete rovnaké číslo a váš -stiahnutý súbor je neporušený, alebo sa číslo odlišuje a máte poškodený -súbor. Poškodenie nabáda k tomu, že by ste sa mali pokúsiť stiahnuť ISO -znova. - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media + Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Otvorte konzolu, netreba byť rootom, a: - - pre použitie md5sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum cesta/ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso. - - pre použitie sha1sum, napíšte: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum cesta/ku/obrazovemu/suboru.iso. - a porovnajte získané číslo z vášho počítača (možno naň budete musieť chvíľku počkať) s číslom daným Mageiou. Napríklad: - -
-
Vypálenie alebo vpísanie ISO súboru - Skontrolované ISO môže byť teraz napálené na CD alebo DVD alebo vpísané na USB kľúč. Tieto operácie nie sú obyčajným kopírovaním a cielia k vytvoreniu zavediteľného nosiča. -
Napálenie ISO súboru na CD/DVD - Použite ktorýkoľvek napaľovací program, ktorý si prajete, ale uistite sa, že napaľovacie zariadenie je správne nastavené na napáliť obraz, lebo napáliť dáta alebo súbory nie je správne. Viacej @@ -340,80 +227,59 @@ informácií je na Mageia wiki.
-
Vpísať ISO na USB kľúčenku - Všetky ISO súbory Mageie sú hybridy, čo znamená, že ich môžete 'vpísať' na USB kľúč a potom ho použiť na zavedenie a inštaláciu systému. - "vpísanie" obrazu na flashové zariadenie zničí akýkoľvek predošlý súborový systém na zariadení; každé ostatné dáta budú stratené a kapacita partície bude zmenšená na veľkosť obrazu. - Pre obnovu pôvodnej kapacity, musíte znovu prerobiť partíciu USB kľúča a naformátovať ho. -
Použitím grafického nástroja v Mageii - Môžete použiť grafický nástroj akým je IsoDumper
-
Použitím grafického nástroja vo Windows - Môžete vyskúšať: - - Rufus použijúc možnosť "ISO obraz"; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Použijúc Príkazový riadok v systéme GNU/Linux - Je potenciálne "nebezpečné" robiť toto ručne. Riskujete že prepíšete diskovú partíciu, zadáte nesprávne ID zariadenia. - Tiež môžete použiť dd nástroj v konzole: - Otvorte konzolu - Staňte sa rootom použitím príkazu su - (nezabudnite na koncovú pomlčku '-') - - Vsuňte váš USB kľúč (nepripájajte ho mountom, čo tiež znamená, neotvárajte žiadnu aplikáciu alebo správcu súborov, ktorý by ho mohol sprístupniť alebo z neho čítať) - Vložte príkaz fdisk -l - - Prípadne môžete získať meno zariadenia s príkazom dmesg: na konci, vidíte meno zariadenia začínajúce so sd, a sdd v tomto prípade: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -433,27 +299,20 @@ konci, vidíte meno zariadenia začínajúce so sd, a [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Nájdite meno zariadenia pre vašu USB kľúč (podľa jeho veľkosti), napríklad /dev/sdb na obrázku vyššie, je to 8GB USB kľúč. - Vložte príkaz: # dd if=cesta/ku/ISO/suboru of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - kde X=názov vášho zariadenia, napr. /dev/sdc - - Príklad: # dd -if=/home/pouzivatel/Stiahnute/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb -bs=1M + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso +of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Vložte príkaz: # sync - Odpojte váš USB kľúč, je to hotovo. diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/sk/addUser.xml index 555a9bab..67717d27 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Spravovanie používateľa a superpoužívateľa - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Nastavenie správcovho (rootovho) hesla: - Pre všetky inštalácie Mageie sa odporúča nastaviť superužívateľovo alebo správcovo heslo, ktoré sa v Linuxe zvyčajne nazýva aj rootovo heslo. Keď zapisujete heslo do hore stojaceho @@ -51,113 +21,84 @@ závislosti na sile hesla. Zelený štít ukazuje, že používate silné heslo. Potrebujete zopakovať rovnaké heslo v políčku umiestneným hneď pod políčkom prvého hesla, pričom ich porovnaní sa overí, či ste nespravili preklep v prvom políčku. - Všetky heslá sú citlivé na veľkosti písmen; najlepšie je použiť v hesle kombináciu písmen (veľkých a malých), čísel a ostatných znakov.
-
Pridať používateľa - Tu pridajte používateľa. Používateľ má menej oprávnení než superpoužívateľ (root), ale dostatok pre surfovanie po internete, používanie kancelárskych aplikácií alebo hranie sa hier i pre čokoľvek iné, čo bežný používateľ robí so svojím počítačom. - Ikona: ak kliknete na toto tlačidlo, zmení sa ikona používateľa. - Reálne meno: Do tohto textového políčka vložte reálne používateľovo meno. - Prihlasovacie meno: Sem môžete zadať používateľovo prihlasovacie meno alebo to prenecháte inštalačnému programu drakx, aby použil verziu používateľovho reálneho mena. Prihlasovacie meno je citlivé na veľkosť písmen. - Heslo: Do tohto textového poľa by ste mali napísať používateľské heslo. Na konci textového políčka je štít, ktorý naznačuje silu heslu. (Pozrite aj ) - Heslo (znova): Znova zadajte do tohto textového poľa heslo používateľa a drakx skontroluje, či máte rovnaké heslo v každom z textových políčok pre používateľské heslo. - - Každý používateľ, ktorého pridáte počas inštalácie Mageia, bude mať svetom -čitateľný domovský adresár (ale ochránený proti zápisu). - - Každopádne, počas používania vašej novej inštalácie, každý používateľ -ktorého pridáte v MCC - Systém - Spravovať používateľov v -systéme bude mať domáci adresár, ktorý je ochránený rovnako pre -čítaním aj zápisom. - - Ak nechcete mať svetom čitateľný domovský adresár pre každého, je odporúčané -pridať teraz len dočasného používateľa a reálneho používateľa (alebo -používateľov) pridať až po reštarte. - - Ak uprednostňujete svetom čítané domovské adresáre, možno budete chcieť -pridať všetkých extra žiadúcich používateľov v kroku Konfigurácia -- Súhrn počas inštalácie. Vyberte si Spravovanie -používateľov. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Prístupové oprávnenia možno meniť aj po inštalácii.
- -
+
Rozšírená správa používateľov - Ak kliknete na tlačidlo pokročilé, bude vám ponúknutá obrazovka, ktorá vám dovoľuje upravovať nastavenia pre používateľa, ktorého pridávate. - Na dôvažok môžete zakázať alebo povoliť hosťovský účet. - Čokoľvek, čo si hosť s predvoleným hostiteľským účtom rbash uloží do svojho /domáceho adresára, bude zmazané v okamihu keď sa odhlási. Hosť by si mal uložiť svoje dôležité súbory na USB kľúč. - Povoliť hosťovský účet: Tu môžete povoliť alebo zakázať hosťovský účet. Hosťovský účet dovoľuje hosťovi prihlásiť sa k vášmu PC a používať ho, ale má viacej obmedzený prístup než normálni používatelia. - Ulita: Tento rozbaľovací zoznam vám umožňuje zmeniť ulitu (shell, prekladač príkazov) použitú používateľom, ktorého pridávate na predošlej obrazovke, možnosťami sú Bash, Dash a Sh. - ID používateľa: Tu môžete nastaviť používateľovo ID pre používateľa, ktorého pridávate na predošlej obrazovke. Je to číslo. Ponechajte ho prázdne, pokiaľ neviete, čo robíte. - ID skupiny: Toto vám umožňuje nastaviť ID skupiny. Tiež je to číslo, zvyčajne to isté, ako pre používateľa. Ponechajte ho prázdne, diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml index 02609d1c..2b35ba78 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Výber pracovného prostredia - - - + Výber pracovného prostredia + + - V závislosti na tomto vašom výbere, vám môžu byť ponúknuté ďalšie obrazovky + V závislosti na tomto vašom výbere, vám môžu byť ponúknuté ďalšie obrazovky k jemnému doladeniu vášho výberu. - Po kroku (resp. krokoch) výberu uvidíte pohyblivú prehliadku počas počas + Po kroku (resp. krokoch) výberu uvidíte pohyblivú prehliadku počas počas inštalácie balíčkov. Prehliadka môže byť vypnutá stlačením tlačidla Detaily. + + - - - - - Vyberte si, či chcete používať prostredie obrazovky + Vyberte si, či chcete používať prostredie obrazovky KDE alebo Gnome. Obe prostredia sú vybavené všetkými užitočnými aplikáciami a nástrojmi. Zaškrtnite Vlastné ak chcete používať obe @@ -30,5 +25,4 @@ alebo žiadne z nich, alebo ak chcete niečo iné než sú predvolené možnosti softvéru pre tieto prostredia. Prostredie LXDE je menej náročné než predošlé dve prostredia, zároveň však obsahuje menej efektov pre oči a predinštalovaného softvéru. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml index 22a4d6eb..48e68644 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ -
+
+ + Výber skupín balíkov + - - Výber skupín balíkov - + - + + + - - - - - Balíky boli roztriedené do skupín, aby vám bol uľahčený výber toho, čo + Balíky boli roztriedené do skupín, aby vám bol uľahčený výber toho, čo všetko potrebujete vo vašom systéme. Názvy skupín zodpovedajú tomu, čo sa v nich nachádza, ak však chcete vedieť viac o obsahu v danej skupine, stačí zájsť s myšou nad názov skupiny. - - - Pracovná stanica. - + + + Pracovná stanica. + - - Server. - + + Server. + - - Grafické prostredie. - + + Grafické prostredie. + - - Individuálny výber balíčkov: Túto voľbu môžte použiť pre ručné pridanie + + Individuálny výber balíčkov: Túto voľbu môžte použiť pre ručné pridanie alebo odobranie balíčkov. - - - Prečítajte si pre inštrukcie o tom, -ako vykonať minimálnu inštaláciu (bez alebo s X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml index f36ca3dc..ee68ab38 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Vlastné rozdelenie disku pomocou DiskDrake - @@ -40,29 +20,42 @@ partíciu. Možnosť zašifrovania NESMIE byť nastavená pre zavádzaciu /boot partíciu, inak váš systém nebude možné zaviesť. - Tu upravíte rozloženie vášho disku (diskov). Môžete odstraňovať alebo + Tu upravíte rozloženie vášho disku (diskov). Môžete odstraňovať alebo vytvárať partície, meniť súborový systém partície, alebo meniť jej veľkosť a dokonca si prezrieť, čo je v nich, predtým ako začnete. - Je tam karta pre každý nájdený pevný disk alebo iné úložné zariadenie, ako + Je tam karta pre každý nájdený pevný disk alebo iné úložné zariadenie, ako je USB kľúč. Napríklad sda, sdb a sdc, ak sú pripojené tri kusy. - Stlačte Vyčistiť všetko pre zmazanie všetkých + Stlačte Vyčistiť všetko pre zmazanie všetkých partícií na vybranom úložnom zariadení. - Pre všetky ostatné akcie: kliknite najprv na požadovanú partíciu. Potom si + Pre všetky ostatné akcie: kliknite najprv na požadovanú partíciu. Potom si ju prezrite, alebo si vyberte súborový systém a prípojný bod, zmeňte je veľkosť alebo ju prečistite. Pokračujte dokým ste nenastavili všetko podľa vášho priania. - Kliknite na tlačidlo Hotovo, keď ste nachystaní. + Kliknite na tlačidlo Hotovo, keď ste nachystaní. - Ak inštalujete Mageiu na UEFI systém, skontrolujte, či ESP (EFI Systémová -Partícia) je prítomná a správne pripojená na /boot/EFI (viď vyššie) + If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml index 2ba3f4a7..0dc58406 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,47 +5,51 @@ - + Rozdelenie diskov - V tejto obrazovke môžete vidieť obsah vášho pevného disku (diskov) a vidieť + V tejto obrazovke môžete vidieť obsah vášho pevného disku (diskov) a vidieť nájdené riešenia DrakXovho sprievodcu rozdeľovaním disku navrhujúce, kam nainštalovať Mageiu. - Možnosti dostupné z nižšie uvedeného zoznamu sa budú líšiť v závislosti na + Možnosti dostupné z nižšie uvedeného zoznamu sa budú líšiť v závislosti na rozložení a obsahu vášho konkrétneho pevného disku. - - + + Použiť existujúce partície - Ak je dostupná táto možnosť, potom boli nájdené jestvujúce s Linuxom + Ak je dostupná táto možnosť, potom boli nájdené jestvujúce s Linuxom kompatibilné partície a môžu byť použité pre inštaláciu. - Použiť voľné miesto + Použiť voľné miesto - Ak máte nevyužité miesto na vašom pevnom disku, potom ho táto možnosť + Ak máte nevyužité miesto na vašom pevnom disku, potom ho táto možnosť využije pre vašu novú inštaláciu Mageie. - Použiť voľné miesto na Windowsovej partícii + Použiť voľné miesto na Windowsovej partícii - Ak máte nevyužité miesto na existujúcej Windowsovej partícii, inštalátor + Ak máte nevyužité miesto na existujúcej Windowsovej partícii, inštalátor môže ponúknuť jeho použitie. Toto môže byť užitočná cesta vytvorenia priestoru pre vašu novú inštaláciu Mageie, ale je to riziková operácia, takže by ste sa mali uistiť, že máte zazálohované všetky dôležité súbory! - Pamätajte, že toto znamená zmenšenie veľkosti Windowsovej partície. Partícia + Pamätajte, že toto znamená zmenšenie veľkosti Windowsovej partície. Partícia musí byť "čistá", to znamená že Windows museli byť korektne vypnuté, keď boli naposledy použité. Tiež musela byť defragmentovaná, hoci toto nie je zárukou, že všetky súbory na partícii boli presunuté z oblasti, ktorá má byť @@ -58,26 +62,28 @@ kliknutím a presunutím medzery medzi oboma partíciami. Viď snímku obrazovky nižšie. - - + + - Vymazať a použiť Celý Disk. + Vymazať a použiť Celý Disk. - Táto možnosť použije celé diskové zariadenie pre Mageiu. + Táto možnosť použije celé diskové zariadenie pre Mageiu. - Upozornenie! Toto vymaže VŠETKY dáta na vybranom pevnom disku. Teda buďte + Upozornenie! Toto vymaže VŠETKY dáta na vybranom pevnom disku. Teda buďte opatrní! - Ak zamýšľate použiť čas disku pre niečo iné, alebo už máte dáta na onom + Ak zamýšľate použiť čas disku pre niečo iné, alebo už máte dáta na onom disku, ktoré nie ste pripravení stratiť, potom nepoužívajte túto voľbu. - Vlastný výber + Vlastný výber - Toto vám dáva úplnú kontrolu nad umiestnením inštalácie na vašom pevnom + Toto vám dáva úplnú kontrolu nad umiestnením inštalácie na vašom pevnom disku (resp. diskoch). @@ -121,6 +127,24 @@ rozpoznaná, alebo vytvorená, ak ešte neexistuje, a pripojená na že toto bolo správne vykonané + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Niektoré novšie mechaniky teraz používajú 4096 bajtové logické sektory, namiesto predošlého štandardu 512 bajtových logických sektorov. Kvôli diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml index fce18eec..9487717a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,37 +1,26 @@ -
- +
Gratulujeme - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dokončili ste inštaláciu a konfiguráciu Mageie a + + + + + Dokončili ste inštaláciu a konfiguráciu Mageie a teraz je bezpečné vybrať inštalačné médium a reštartovať váš počítač. - Po reštarte, na obrazovke zavádzača, si môžete vybrať spomedzi operačných + Po reštarte, na obrazovke zavádzača, si môžete vybrať spomedzi operačných systémov vo vašom počítači (ak ich máte viac než jeden). - Ak ste neupravovali nastavenia pre zavádzač systému, automaticky bude -vybraná a spustená vaša nainštalovaná Mageia. - - Nech sa vám páči! - - Navštívte www.mageia.org ak máte nejaké otázky alebo ak chcete prispieť k -Mageii - - + Ak ste neupravovali nastavenia pre zavádzač systému, automaticky bude +vybraná a spustená vaša nainštalovaná Mageia. + + Nech sa vám páči! + + Navštívte www.mageia.org ak máte nejaké otázky alebo ak chcete prispieť k +Mageii
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/sk/misc-params.xml index bedbee70..cdef64fd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Súhrn o rozličných parametroch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX spravil chytré voľby pre konfiguráciu vášho systému závisiace na + + + + DrakX spravil chytré voľby pre konfiguráciu vášho systému závisiace na voľbách, ktoré ste spravili a na hardvéri, ktoré DrakX zistil. Nastavenia môžete zhodnotiť tu a zmeniť ich, ak chcete, po stlačení Konfigurovať. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Parametre systému @@ -64,31 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Krajina / Región + Krajina / Región - Ak nie ste vo vybranej krajine, je veľmi dôležité, aby ste napravili toto + Ak nie ste vo vybranej krajine, je veľmi dôležité, aby ste napravili toto nastavenie. Pozrite - Zavádzač + Zavádzač - DrakX spravil dobré výbery pre nastavenie zavádzača systému. + DrakX spravil dobré výbery pre nastavenie zavádzača systému. - Nič na tom nemeňte, ak neviete, ako konfigurovať Grub a/alebo Lilo. + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Pre viac informácií, viď + Pre viac informácií, viď - Správa používateľov + Správa používateľov - Tu môžete pridať extra používateľov. Každý z nich obdrží svoj vlastný + Tu môžete pridať extra používateľov. Každý z nich obdrží svoj vlastný /home t. j. domáce adresáre. - Služby: + Služby: Systémové služby označujú tie malé programy, ktoré bežia v pozadí (tzv. démoni, čo je však zvrátené historické prirovnanie). Tento nástroj vám @@ -109,23 +91,28 @@ zabrániť správnemu behu vášho počítača. - Klávesnica: + Klávesnica: Tuná nastavujete alebo meníte rozloženie vašej klávesnice, ktoré bude záležať na vašej polohe, jazyku alebo type klávesnice. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Myš: + Myš: - Tu môžete pridávať alebo konfigurovať ďalšie ukazovacie zariadenia, tablety, + Tu môžete pridávať alebo konfigurovať ďalšie ukazovacie zariadenia, tablety, trackbally atď. - Zvuková karta: + Zvuková karta: - Inštalátor používa predvolený ovládač, ak predvolený jestvuje. Možnosť + Inštalátor používa predvolený ovládač, ak predvolený jestvuje. Možnosť výberu odlišného ovládača je daná len vtedy, keď jestvuje viac než jeden ovládač pre vašu kartu, ale žiaden z nich nie je predvolený. @@ -133,17 +120,16 @@ ovládač pre vašu kartu, ale žiaden z nich nie je predvolený. Grafické rozhranie: - Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať vašu grafickú kartu (resp. karty) a + Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať vašu grafickú kartu (resp. karty) a obrazovky. - Pre viac informácií, viď . + Pre viac informácií, viď . - - +
@@ -153,7 +139,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Sieť: + Sieť: Tu môžete konfigurovať vašu sieť, ale pre sieťové karty s neslobodnými ovládačmi je lepšie to vykonať po reštarte v Ovládacom centre @@ -173,7 +159,7 @@ sledovanie onoho rozhrania. internetom. Táto sekcia vám dovoľuje konfigurovať váš počítač pre využitie niektorej proxy služby. - Možno sa budete potrebovať poradiť s vaším systémovým správcom pre získanie + Možno sa budete potrebovať poradiť s vaším systémovým správcom pre získanie parametrov, ktoré sem potrebujete zadať @@ -186,29 +172,30 @@ parametrov, ktoré sem potrebujete zadať - Úroveň bezpečnosti: + Úroveň bezpečnosti: - Tu nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pre váš počítač, vo väčšine prípadov + Tu nastavujete Úroveň bezpečnosti pre váš počítač, vo väčšine prípadov predvolené nastavenie (Štandardná) je adekvátna pre bežné použitie. - Zaškrtnite voľbu, ktorá sa najlepšie hodí k vášmu používaniu. + Zaškrtnite voľbu, ktorá sa najlepšie hodí k vášmu používaniu. Firewall: - Firewall, slovenský ohnivá stena, má slúžiť ako bariéra medzi vašimi + Firewall, slovenský ohnivá stena, má slúžiť ako bariéra medzi vašimi dôležitými dátami a ničomníkmi vonku na internete, ktorí by ich chceli rozširovať alebo ukradnúť. - Vyberte si služby, ktoré si prajete aby mali prístup k vášmu systému. Vaše -výbery budú záležať na tom, k čomu používate váš počítač. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Majte na pamäti, že dovolenie všetkého (žiaden firewall) môže byť veľmi + Majte na pamäti, že dovolenie všetkého (žiaden firewall) môže byť veľmi riskantné.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/sk/reboot.xml index 23917048..e3501d1e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Reštart - + + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your +computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). - - - Keď bol zavádzač nainštalovaný, budete vyzvaní pozastaviť váš počítača, -odstrániť živé CD a reštartovať počítač. Keď reštartujete, uvidíte -následnosť ukazovateľov priebehu sťahovania. Tieto naznačujú, že softvérové -médiá sú sťahované (viď Správu softvéru). -
+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml index 79e92094..f016c71d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,63 +1,45 @@ - -
+
+ + Vyberte si vašu Krajinu / Región + + + + + - - Vyberte si vašu Krajinu / Región - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - - - - - - - + Ak vaša krajina nie je v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo Ostatné +krajiny a tam si vyberte vašu krajinu / región. + + Ak je vaša krajina len v zozname Ostatných krajín, po +kliknutí na OK sa môže zdať, že bola vybraná krajina +zo zoznamu. Toto prosím ignorujte, DrakX bude nasledovať vašu reálnu voľbu. + - Vyberte vašu krajinu alebo región. Toto je dôležité pre všetky druhy -nastavení, ako sú mena a bezdrôtová regulačná doména. Nastavenie nesprávnej -krajiny môže viesť ku neschopnosti používania bezdrôtovej siete. +
+ + Vstupná metóda + - Ak vaša krajina nie je v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo Ostatné -krajiny a tam si vyberte vašu krajinu / región. + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an +input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input +multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - Ak je vaša krajina len v zozname Ostatných krajín, po -kliknutí na OK sa môže zdať, že bola vybraná krajina -zo zoznamu. Toto prosím ignorujte, DrakX bude nasledovať vašu reálnu voľbu. + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> +"System", or by running localedrake as root. - -
- - - Vstupná metóda - - - Na obrazovke Ostatné krajiny môžete si tiež zvoliť -vstupnú metódu (na spodku zoznamu). Vstupné metódy dovoľujú používateľom -vkladať viacjazyčné znaky (čínske, japonské, kórejské, atď.). IBus je -predvolená vstupná metóda na Mageia DVDčkách, Afrika/India a Ázia/ne-India -na Live-CDčkách. Pre ázijské a africké miestne nastavenia, bude IBus -nastavená ako predvolená vstupná metóda, takže používatelia by nemali -potrebovať konfigurovať ju ručne. Iné vstupné metódy (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, atď) -tiež poskytujú podobné funkcie a môžu byť nainštalované, ak ste pridali -HTTP/FTP nosič pred výberom balíkov. - - - Ak ste počas inštalácie vynechali nastavenie vstupnej metódy, môžete ju -sprístupniť po reštarte vášho nainštalovaného systému cez "Konfigurovať váš -Počítač" -> "Systém", alebo spustením localedrake ako root správca. - -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml index c22b0de8..9da789a2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,117 +5,224 @@ - + Hlavné parametre zavádzača - - - -
- So systémom BIOS + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - Ak uprednostňujete odlišné nastavenia zavádzača namiesto tých automaticky -vybraných inštalátorom, môžete ich zmeniť tu. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - Pokiaľ už máte iný operačný systém na vašom počítači, v tom prípade sa -potrebujete rozhodnúť, či pridáte Mageiu k vášmu už existujúcemu zavádzaču, -alebo dovolíte Mageii vytvoriť nový zavádzač. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - Grafické ponuky Mageie sú pekné: + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Použitie zavádzača Mageie - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + - Predvolene Mageia zapisuje nový zavádzač (obstarožného) GRUBa do MBR -(Hlavného Spúšťacieho Záznamu) vášho prvého pevného disku. Ak už máte -nainštalované iné operačné systémy, Mageia sa pokúsi pridať ich do vašej -novej štartovacej ponuky Mageie. + Neupravujte "Zavádzacie Zariadenie" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte. +
- Mageia teraz tiež ponúka GRUB2 ako voliteľný zavádzač na dôvažok ku -obstarožnému GRUBu a Lilu. +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - - Linuxové systémy, ktoré používajú zavádzač GRUB2, nie sú momentálne -podporované (zastaralým) GRUBom a nebudú rozpoznané, ak je použitý -predvolený zavádzač GRUB. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Tu je najlepším riešením používať zavádzač GRUB2, ktorý je dostupný na -súhrnnej stránke počas inštalácie. - + + + + + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. + + Neupravujte "Zavádzacie Zariadenie" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte.
+
-
- - Použitie už existujúceho zavádzača - +
+ Použitie zavádzača Mageie - Ak sa rozhodnete použiť už existujúci zavádzač, potom sa potrebujete -POZASTAVIŤ na sumárnej stránke počas inštalácie a kliknúť na tlačidlo -Konfigurovania zavádzača, ktoré vám dovolí zmeniť -inštalačné umiestnenie zavádzača. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Nevyberajte si zariadenie ako je napr. "sda", inak prepíšete váš existujúci -MBR. Musíte si vybrať koreňovú partíciu, ktorú ste si vybrali skoršie počas -fázy delenia disku, ako je napr. sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - Pre ujasnenie, sda je zariadenie, sda7 je partícia alebo iným slovom -povedané oddiel na onom zariadení. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Choďte do tty2 stlačením Ctrl+Alt+F2 a napíšte df pre -skontrolovanie, kde je umiestnená vaša / (koreňová) -partícia. Ctrl+Alt+F7 vás dostane naspäť na obrazovku inštalátora. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS + + + +
- Presná procedúra pre pridanie vášho systému Mageia ku existujúcemu zavádzaču +
+ Použitie už existujúceho zavádzača + + Presná procedúra pre pridanie vášho systému Mageia ku existujúcemu zavádzaču presahuje oblasť tejto nápovedy, avšak vo väčšine prípadov bude zahŕňať spustenie príslušného programu na inštaláciu zavádzača, ktorý by ho mal detekovať a pridať automaticky. Pozrite si dokumentáciu pre otázny operačný systém. -
- -
- - Pokročilé parametre zavádzača - - - Ak máte veľmi obmedzený diskový priestor pre / partíciu, -ktorá obsahuje /tmp adresár, kliknite na tlačidlo -Pokročilé a skontrolujte políčko Vyčistiť -/tmp pred každým zavedením systému. Toto pomôže podržať trochu -voľného miesta. -
- So systémom UEFI + Using chain loading - So systémom UEFI je používateľské rozhranie trochu odlišné, keďže si -nemôžete zvoliť zavádzač systému, keďže je dostupný len Grub2-efi. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- Ak je Mageia prvým systémom nainštalovaným na váš počítač, inštalátor -vytvoril ESP (EFI Systémovú Partíciu) pre zapísanie zavádzača -(Grub2-efi). Ak na vašom počítači boli už predtým nainštalované UEFI -operačné systémy (napríklad Windows 8), Mageia inštalátor zistil jestvujúcu -ESP vytvorenú Windowsami a pridal grub2-efi. Hoci je možné mať viacero ESP -partícií, odporúča sa a stačí len jedna, bez ohľadu na počet operačných -systémov, ktoré máte v počítači. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Neupravujte "Zavádzacie Zariadenie" pokiaľ naozaj neviete, čo robíte. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index a9d99dd6..45f12ef6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,67 +2,17 @@ - + Pridanie alebo úprava položiek Ponuky na zavedenie systému - - - - - -
- So systémom BIOS - - Môžete pridať položku alebo upraviť tú, ktorú ste si najprv vybrali, -stlačením príslušného tlačidla na obrazovke Konfigurácie -zavádzača a upravovaním obrazovky, ktorá sa objaví nad ňou. - - - Ak ste si vybrali Grub 2 ako váš zavádzač, môžete v tomto kroku -použiť tento nástroj na úpravu položiek, stlačte 'Ďalej'. Potrebujete ručne -upraviť súbor /boot/grub2/custom.cfg alebo miesto toho použiť -grub-customizer. - - - - - - - Niektoré veci, ktoré môžu byť vykonané bez akéhokoľvek rizika, sú zmena -nadpisu položky a zaškrtnutie políčka, aby sa položka stala predvolenou. - - Môžete pridať správne číslo verzie položky, alebo ju celú premenovať. - - Predvolená položka je tá, ktorú systém spustí, ak nespravíte inú voľbu počas -štartovania systému. - - - Úprava iných vecí vás môže ponechať s nespustiteľným systémom. Neskúšajte -prosím nič bez poznania toho, čo robíte. - -
- -
- So systémom UEFI - - V tomto prípade používate Grub2-efi a nemôžete použiť tento nástroj na -úpravu položiek v tomto kroku. Pre vykonanie toho potrebujete ručne upraviť -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg alebo namiesto toho použiť -grub-customizer. Jediné čo tu môžete urobiť je zvoliť -predvolenú položku vo vysúvacom zozname. - - Po kliknutí na tlačidlo Ďalej vám ďalší vysúvací -zoznam dovolí vybrať si rozlíšenie obrazovky pre Grub2, ktorý je grafický -zavádzač systémov. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml index 7c82f688..2f3aff0a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Konfigurácia zvuku @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + Na tejto obrazovke je udaný názov ovládača, ktorý zvolil inštalátor pre vašu zvukovú kartu, ktorý bude predvolený ovládač, pokiaľ máte niektorý -predvolený. - +predvolený. + Predvolený ovládač by mal pracovať bez problémov. Avšak, ak po inštalácií sa stretávate s problémami, potom spustite príkaz draksound alebo spustite tento nástroj cez ponuku MCC (Ovládacie Centrum Mageia), zvolením panela Hardvér a kliknutím na -Konfigurácia zvuku v hornej pravej časti obrazovky. - +Konfigurácia zvuku v hornej pravej časti obrazovky. + Potom na obrazovke draksound alebo nástroja na "Konfiguráciu zvuku", kliknite na Rozšírené a potom na Riešenie problémov, aby ste našli veľmi užitočnú radu o tom, ako vyriešiť -problém. - +problém.
@@ -42,12 +33,9 @@ problém. Kliknutie na Rozšírené na tejto obrazovke, počas inštalácie, je užitočné vtedy, ak tu nie je žiaden predvolený ovládač a sú tu dostupné viaceré ovládače, ale vy si myslíte, že inštalátor vybral -nesprávny ovládač. - +nesprávny ovládač. V tom prípade môžete zvoliť odlišný ovládač po kliknutí na Nechať -mi vybrať iný ovládač. - - +mi vybrať iný ovládač.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 3f33ffc6..7aad98d2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sk/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Odinštalovanie Mageie diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index 1be72f55..9662b9ff 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml index 18da3eca..71bf6dc3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sl/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo - + Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml index ffd6eeab..642fc544 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sl/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Uradna dokumentacija za Magejo - + Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 0a869e1c..eb16e673 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -47,11 +47,6 @@ ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/sl/downloads/">tukaj. They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases. - -
-
- DVD - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. @@ -78,7 +73,7 @@ Hardware Detection Tool. optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE, GNOME or Xfce). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. @@ -103,7 +98,7 @@ releases. Prisotni so vsi jeziki. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only.
@@ -117,7 +112,7 @@ releases. Prisotni so vsi jeziki. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only
@@ -131,7 +126,7 @@ releases. Prisotni so vsi jeziki. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
@@ -165,7 +160,7 @@ PC that can't boot from a USB stick. netinstall.iso - Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software. @@ -187,19 +182,19 @@ it. Prejemanje Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the -mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you may also see something like md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: Check the radio button Save File.
- Checking the downloaded media integrity + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your @@ -310,7 +305,7 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc - Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M diff --git a/docs/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml index 2d5db4e4..50da2055 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sl/setupBootloader.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC--> - The Mageia graphical menus are nice : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - +
@@ -122,7 +122,8 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> OK. - + +
@@ -140,8 +141,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index 7b495899..63420717 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml index 754e12f0..1101dba8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia - + The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml index 5b487688..7074a292 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia - + The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index a1e005f9..1bbd85f0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,19 +1,16 @@ -
+
- - + Zgjidh dhe përdorë ISOs -
Paraqitje - Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose which image match your needs. - There is two families of media: - Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process @@ -21,208 +18,124 @@ allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install. - LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without installing it, to see what you will get after installation. The installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices. - Details are given in the next sections.
-
Media -
Përcaktim - Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO file is copied to. - Ju mund ti gjeni këtu.
-
Classical installation media -
Common features - These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx. - Ata janë në gjendje të bëjnë një instalim të pastër ose një përditësimi nga lëshimet e mëparshme. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits. + Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool. - Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages. - Ju do ju jepet zgjedhja gjatë instalimit të shtoni programe jo të lirë.
- -
- DVD dual arch - - - - Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made -automatically according to the detected CPU. - - - - Uses Xfce desktop only. - - - - Jo të gjitha gjuhët janë në dispozicion. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, -mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) TË KONTROLLOHEN! - - - - përmban programe jo të lirë. - - -
-
Live media -
Common features - Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on to your HDD. - - Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases. - They contain non free software.
-
- Live CD KDE - + Live DVD Plasma - KDE desktop environment only. + Plasma desktop environment only. - - Vetëm gjuha angleze. + Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme. - - 32 bit vetëm. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
- Live CD GNOME - + Live DVD GNOME GNOME desktop environment only. - - - Vetëm gjuha angleze. - - - - 32 bit vetëm. - - -
- -
- Live DVD KDE - - - - KDE desktop environment only. - - Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 64 bit architecture only
-
- Live DVD GNOME - + Live DVD Xfce - GNOME desktop environment only. + Xfce desktop environment only. - Të gjitha gjuhët janë të pranishëme. - - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Boot-only CD media -
Common features - Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to @@ -231,37 +144,30 @@ that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet. - These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a PC that can't boot from a USB stick. - Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures. - Vetëm gjuha angleze.
-
- boot.iso - + netinstall.iso - Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free software.
-
- boot-nonfree.iso - + netinstall-nonfree.iso Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need @@ -271,148 +177,108 @@ it.
-
Downloading and Checking Media -
Shkarkim - - Pasi të keni zgjedhur dosjen tuaj ISO, ju mund ta shkarkoni atë duke -përdorur ose http ose BitTorrent. Në të dyja rastet, një dritare ju jep disa -informacione, të tilla si pasqyrë në përdorim dhe mundësinë për të ndryshuar -nëse Shpejtësia është i ulët. Nëse http është zgjedhur, ju gjithashtu mund -të shihni diçka si - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Keep one of them for further -usage. Then this window appears: - +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Check the radio button Save File.
-
- Checking the downloaded media integrity - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a -failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download. - +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Open a console, no need to be root, and: - - To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - - To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso. - and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example: - -
-
Burn or dump the ISO - The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB -stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a bootable medium. -
Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD - Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly to burn an image, burn data or files is not correct. There is more information in the Mageia wiki.
-
Dump the ISO to a USB stick - All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick and then use it to boot and install the system. - - "dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on + "Dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will be reduced to the image size. - To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format the USB stick. -
Using a graphical tool within Mageia - You can use a graphical tool like IsoDumper
-
Using a graphical tool within Windows - Ju mund të provoni: - - Rufus using the "ISO image" option; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system - It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong. - You can also use the dd tool in a console: - Hap panel komandimi - Bëhuni root me komandën su - (mos harroni '-' në fund ) - - - Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any + Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any application or file manager that could access or read it) - Shkruani komandën fdisk -l - - Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command dmesg: at end, you see the device name starting with sd, and sdd in this case: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -432,26 +298,20 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it) [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick. - Shkruani komandën: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc - - Shembull: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Shkruani komandën: # sync - Unplug your USB stick, it is done diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml index 3fa0920a..febe2619 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/addUser.xml @@ -1,48 +1,18 @@ -
+
Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + +
Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root): - Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet Mageia për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur fjalëkalimin @@ -52,94 +22,69 @@ në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato. - Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim.
-
Fut një përdorues - Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij - Ikonë: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve. - Emri Vërtetë: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti. - Emri Hyrës: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme. - Fjalëkalimi: Në kutin e tekstit duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Është një fushë në fund të kutisë së tekstit çë tregon forcen e fjalëkalimit. (Shihni gjithashtu ) - Fjalëkalimi (përsëri): Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim. - - Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të -lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi. - - Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni -në MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem do të -ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj. - - Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të -gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme -tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes. - - Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të -dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në -Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje hap gjatë -instalimit. Zgjidh Menaxhimi Përdoruesit. - + Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a both read and write +protected home directory (umask=0027). + You can add all extra needed users in the Configuration - +Summary step during the install. Choose User +management. Lejet hyrëse gjithashtu mund të ndryshohet pas instalimit.
- -
+
Menaxhim Përdoruesi Avancuar - Nëse butoni avancimi klikohet ju do ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. - Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose aktivizo një llogari mysafir. - Çdo gjë një mysafir e parazgjedhur rbash me llogari mysafir që ruan në skedarët e tij /shtëpi do të fshihen kur ç'kyçet. Mysafiri duhet të ruaj skedarët të tij të rëndësishme në një çelës USB. - Aktivizo llogarinë visitor: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni @@ -147,19 +92,16 @@ ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal. - Shell: Kjo listë ju lejon të ndryshoni shell në perdorim nga përdoruesi që do shtohet në ekranin e mëparshëm, opsionet janë Bash, Dash dhe Sh - Përdorues ID: Këtu ju mund të vendosni ID e përdoruesit për përdoruesit që ju do shtoni në ekranin e mëparshëm. Ky është një numër. Lëre bosh nëse nuk e dini se çfarë ju po bëni. - Grup ID: Kjo ju lejon të vendosni ID'në e grupit. Gjithashtu një numër, zakonisht i njëjti si të përdoruesit. Lëre diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml index b77d4e27..b7531b83 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -
- - - +
+ - Përzgjedhje Desktop - - - + Përzgjedhje Desktop + + - Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme + Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj. - Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të + Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin Detajet + + - - - - - Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni KDE ose + Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni KDE ose Gnome mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë Personalizuar nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose @@ -30,5 +25,4 @@ të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. LXDE desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja. -
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml index a24dbfb2..03fe71be 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -1,41 +1,40 @@ -
+
+ + Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave + - - Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave - + - + + + - - - - - Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet + Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta. - - - Stacion-pune. - + + + Stacion-pune. + - - Server. - + + Server. + - - Mjedis Grafike. - + + Mjedis Grafike. + - - Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar + + Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa. - - - Lexo për instruksione si për të bërë -një instalim minimal (pa ose me X & IceWM). -
+ + + Read for instructions on how to do a +minimal install (without or with X & IceWM). +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml index 55ccae89..43a8a04f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/diskdrake.xml @@ -1,36 +1,16 @@
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake - @@ -41,29 +21,42 @@ ndarë /boot. Opsioni kriptimit për particionin do to ndizet. - Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create + Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start. - There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an + There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them. - Shtyrje Pastro T'Gjitha për të fshirë të gjitha + Shtyrje Pastro T'Gjitha për të fshirë të gjitha particionet në pajisjen e zgjedhura ruajtëse - Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të + Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë. Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja. - Klikoe Bërë kur ju jeni gati. + Klikoe Bërë kur ju jeni gati. If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI -System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above) +System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below) - + + + + + If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot +partition is present with a correct type + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml index a11ae4a7..a50f01b3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -5,47 +5,51 @@ - + Shpërndarja - In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the + In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install Mageia. - Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të + Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen. - - + + Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese - Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në + Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin. - Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë + Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë - Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion + Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia. - Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows + Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows - Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, + Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë. Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme! - Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet + Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë "e pastër", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në @@ -58,27 +62,29 @@ sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below. - - + + - Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun. + Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun. - Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia. + Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia. - Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e + Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes! - Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju + Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion. - Personalizuar + Personalizuar - Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) + Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja. @@ -126,6 +132,24 @@ montuar në /boot/EFI. Në opsion "Modifiko" është i vetmi që lejon për të kontrolluar se është bërë në mënyrë korrekte + + If you are using a Legacy (as known as CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, +you need to create a Bios boot partition if not already existing. It is an +about 1 MiB partition with no mount point. Choose the "Custom disk +partitioning" option to be able to create it with the Installer like any +other partition, just select BIOS boot partition as filesystem type. + + + + + + + + + + Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml index bc777cf4..6f80c01e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/exitInstall.xml @@ -1,38 +1,27 @@ -
- +
Urime - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin + + + + + Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin Mageia dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj. - Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të + Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një). - Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi -juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi. - - Kënaquni! - - Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni -në Mageia - - + Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi +juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi. + + Kënaquni! + + Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni +në Mageia
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml index 930c7453..68950c38 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/misc-params.xml @@ -1,54 +1,36 @@ -
+
Summary of miscellaneous parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on + + + + DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing Configure. + + As a general rule, default settings are recommended and you can keep them +with 3 exceptions: + + there are known issues with a default setting + + + + the default setting has already been tried and it fails + + + + something else is said in the detailed sections below + + + +
Parametrat e Sistemit @@ -64,32 +46,31 @@ linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/> - Shteti / Rajoni + Shteti / Rajoni - If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you + If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See - Ngarkues-ndezës + Ngarkues-ndezës - DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. + DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting. - Mos ndrysho asgjë, nëse nuk keni njohuri se si të konfiguroni Grub dhe/ose -Lilo + Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub2 - Për më shumë informacion, shih + Për më shumë informacion, shih - Menaxhim përdoruesi + Menaxhim përdoruesi - You can add extra users here. They will each get their own + You can add extra users here. They will each get their own /home directories. - Shërbimet: + Shërbimet: System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks. @@ -109,23 +90,28 @@ gabim mund të parandoj kompjuterin tuaj së punuari saktë. - Tastierë: + Tastierë: Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës. + + + If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind +that your passwords are going to change too. + - Miu: + Miu: - Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs + Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc. - Karta Zërit: + Karta Zërit: - The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option + The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. @@ -133,16 +119,15 @@ driver for your card, but none of them is the default one. Ndërfaqe Grafike: - Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin. + Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin. - Për më shumë informacione, shih . + Për më shumë informacione, shih . - - +
@@ -152,7 +137,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> - Rrjeti: + Rrjeti: You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the Mageia @@ -172,7 +157,7 @@ tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu. internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service. - Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit + Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu @@ -185,28 +170,29 @@ për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu - Niveli Sigurisë: + Niveli Sigurisë: - Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default + Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use. - Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj. + Kontrolloni opsionin i cili përshtatet më mirë përdorimit tuaj. Muri-Mbrojtës: - A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the + A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it. - Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your -selections will depend on what you use your computer for. + Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your +selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more +information, see . - Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të + Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/sq/reboot.xml index 6acc2a2f..bfcef4fa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/reboot.xml @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ - -
- +
+ + Rinise (riboot) - - - - + Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your -computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you -will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the -software media are being downloaded (see Software management). -
+computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on Finish and act as +asked in this order! + + + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software +management). + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml index e5db55f8..93f01544 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/selectCountry.xml @@ -1,64 +1,46 @@ - -
+
+ + Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin + + + + + - - Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin - - - - - - - - - - + Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, +like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country +can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network. - - Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha -llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në -vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet -Wireless. - - If your country isn't in the list, click the Other + If your country isn't in the list, click the Other Countries button and choose your country / region there. - - If your country is only in the Other Countries list, + + If your country is only in the Other Countries list, after clicking OK it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice. - - -
+ - - Metodë hyrëse - +
+ + Metodë hyrëse + - In the Other Countries screen you can also select an + In the Other Countries screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the -default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India -Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input -method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input -methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be -installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection. +default input method, so users should not need to configure it +manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar +functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package +selection. - - If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it -after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> + + If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it +after you boot your installed system via "Configure your Computer" -> "System", or by running localedrake as root. - -
+
- +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml index 6b311d42..2a494aa0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloader.xml @@ -5,115 +5,224 @@ - + Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader - - - -
- With a Bios system + Bootloader interface + + By default, Mageia uses exclusively: - If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by -the installer, you can change them here. + + + Grub2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system + - You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case -you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or -allow Mageia to create a new one. + + Grub2-efi for a UEFI system. + + - The Mageia graphical menus are nice : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :) -
- - Using a Mageia bootloader - +
+ Grub2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems + + + + + + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing. +
+ +
+ Grub2-efi on UEFI systems - By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR -(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other -operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia -boot menu. + With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot +choose between with or without graphical menu - Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB -legacy and Lilo. + + + - - Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by -GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is -used. + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer +created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. - The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at -the Summary page during installation. - + Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless you really know what you are doing.
+
-
- - Using an existing bootloader - +
+ Using a Mageia bootloader - If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember -to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader -Configure button, which will allow you to change the -bootloader install location. + By default, according to your system, Mageia writes a new: - Do not select a device e.g."sda", or you will overwrite your existing -MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the -partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7. + + + GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard +drive or in the BIOS boot partition. + - To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device. + + Grub2-efi bootloader into the ESP + + - - Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type df to check where -your / (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to -the installer screen. - + If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to +add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, +click on Next and then uncheck the box +Probe Foreign OS - The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader + + +
+ +
+ Using an existing bootloader + + The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question. -
- -
- - Bootloader advanced option - - - If you have very limited disk space for the / partition -that contains /tmp, click on -Advanced and check the box for Clean /tmp -at each boot. This helps to maintain some free space. -
- With an UEFI system + Using chain loading - With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot -choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available. + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, +click on Next, then on +Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP +or MBR. +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> + + + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. + + + +
- If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer -created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although -it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +
+ Options + +
+ First page + + + + Delay before booting the default image: This text box +lets you set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is +started up. + + + + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. + + + + Password: This text box is where you actually put the +password + + + + Password (again): Retype the password and Drakx will +check that it matches with the one set above. + + + + Advanced + + + + Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power +Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). + + + + Enable SMP: This option enables / disables symmetric +multiprocessing for multi core processors. + + + + Enable APIC: Enabling or disabling this gives the +operating system access to the Advanced Programmable Interrupt +Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and Advanced +IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. + + + + Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. + + + + +
- Don't modify the "Boot Device" unless really knowing what you do. +
+ Next page + + + + Default: Operating system started up by default + + + + Append: This option lets you pass the kernel +information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots. + + + + Probe foreign OS: see above Using a Mageia bootloader + + + + Advanced + + Video mode: This sets the screen size and colour depth +the boot menu will use. If you click the down triangle you will be offered +other size and colour depth options. + + + + Do not touch ESP or MBR: see above Using the chain loading + + + + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml index ce80a993..1e250471 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -2,67 +2,17 @@ - + Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry - - - - - -
- With a Bios system - - You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the -relevant button in the Bootloader Configuration screen -and editing the screen that pops up on top of it. - - - If you have chosen Grub 2 as your bootloader, you cannot use -this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually -edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. - - - - - - - Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an -entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one. - - You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely. - - The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a -choice while booting up. - - - Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't -just try something without knowing what you are doing. - -
- -
- With an UEFI system - - In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit -entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit -/boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use grub-customizer -instead. All you can do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop -down list. - - After a click on the Next button, another drop down -list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical -boot loader. + To do that you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the +software grub-customizer instead (Available in the Mageia repositories). - - - -
+ + For more information, see our wiki: https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml index 6da35248..2d2a40dd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/soundConfig.xml @@ -1,12 +1,4 @@ - -
- +
Konfigurimi zërit @@ -14,25 +6,24 @@ - - + + In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default -one. - +one. + The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run draksound or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the Hardware tab and clicking on Sound -Configuration at the top right of the screen. - +Configuration at the top right of the screen. + Then, in the draksound or "Sound Configuration" tool screen, click on Advanced and then on Troubleshooting to find very useful advice about how -to solve the problem. - +to solve the problem.
@@ -41,12 +32,9 @@ to solve the problem. Clicking Advanced in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. - +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on -Let me pick any driver. - - +Let me pick any driver.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml index 357aa6ef..baa43fd8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sq/uninstall-Mageia.xml @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -
- +
+ Ç'instalim Mageia diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index ed797f76..de91ffcb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "Mageias officiella dokumentation" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml index 309ced02..2281c3b1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageias officiella dokumentation - + Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml index 987b5802..e3148478 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageias officiella dokumentation - + Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index 34162c7a..eab1514d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -1,21 +1,16 @@ -
+
- Välj och använd ISO-filer -
Presentation - Mageia distribueras via ISO-avbilder. Den här sidan kommer att hjälpa dig att välja den avbild som passar dina behov bäst. - Det finns två media-familjer: - Klassisk installation: Efter att du startat från mediet kommer du att gå @@ -24,65 +19,45 @@ konfigurerar ditt system. Detta ger dig maximal flexibilitet för en skräddarsydd installation, speciellt vad gäller vilken skrivbordsmiljö som du vill installera. - LIVE media: Du kan starta mediet i ett äkta Mageia-system utan att installera det för att se hur det ser ut efter installation. Installationen är sedan lättare men du har färre val. - Detaljer följer i nästkommande avsnitt.
-
Media -
Definition - Här är ett medium (plural: media) en ISO-avbild som du kan använda för att installera och/eller uppgradera Mageia till den fysiska hårdvaran som ISO-filen kopieras till. - Du hittar dem här.
-
Klassiska installtionsmedier -
Vanliga funktioner - De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx. - De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppgradera från en tidigare version. - -
- -
- DVD - - - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur. + Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. - Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara. - Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och språk. - Du kommer under installationen att få välja att lägga till icke-fri programvara. @@ -90,100 +65,78 @@ programvara.
-
Live media -
Vanliga funktioner - Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den. - - Varje ISO innehåller endast en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE, GOME eller Xfce). + Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce). - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. - Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version. - De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara.
-
Live DVD Plasma - Endast skrivbordsmiljön Plasma. - Alla språk finns med. - - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. + 64 bit architecture only.
-
Live DVD GNOME - Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. - Alla språk finns med. - - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. + 64 bit architecture only
-
Live DVD Xfce - Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce. - Alla språk finns med. - - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. + 32 or 64 bit architectures.
-
Endast bootbar CD-media -
Vanliga funktioner - Var och en är en liten avbild som endast innehåller det som behövs för att @@ -191,36 +144,30 @@ starta drakx-installeraren och att hitta drakx-installer-stage2 och andra paket som behövs för att fortsätta och slutföra installationen. Dessa paket kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet. - Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara när bandbredden är för låg för att ladda ner en hel DVD, en PC utan DVD-spelare eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne. - Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer. - Endast på engelska.
-
netinstall.iso - - Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri. + Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free +software.
-
netinstall-nonfree.iso - Innehåller icke-fri mjukvara (för det mesta drivrutiner och codecs) för de @@ -230,147 +177,108 @@ som behöver det.
-
Laddar ner och kontrollerar media -
Hämtar - - När du har valt ISO-fil kan du ladda ner den genom antingen http eller -BitTorrent. I båda fallen visas ett fönster med information om vilken spegel -som används och möjligheten att ändra om hastigheten är låg. Om http är vald -så kan du även se något som - + Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the +mirror in use and an opportunity to change if the bandwidth is to low. If +http is chosen, you may also see something like - - md5sum och sha1sum är vertyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten på -en ISO-fil. Använd och behåll bara en av dem för -framtida användning. Sedan ser du det här fönstret: - + md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Keep one of them for further +usage. Then a window similar to this one appears: - Markera knappen Spara fil.
-
- Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media - - Båda kontrollsummorna är i hexadecimal och räknas ut av en algoritm från -filen som ska laddas ner. När du sedan ber om en omräkning av den hämtade -filen från detta nummer så kommer du att få exakt samma nummer om filen är -oskadd, eller ett annorlunda nummer om filen är skadad. Om filen är skadad -bör du ladda ner den igen. - + Checking the integrity of the downloaded media + Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a +failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download or attempt a +repair using BitTorrent. Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och: - - För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso. - - För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso. - och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel: - -
-
Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen. - Den kontrollerade ISOn kan nu brännas på en CD eller DVD, eller dumpas på ett USB-minne. Det är inte en vanlig kopiering utan ämnar att skapa ett startbart media. -
Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD - Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att den är inställd att bränna en avbild, att bränna data eller filer är inte rätt. Det finns mer information på Mageias wiki.
-
Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne - Alla Mageias ISO-filer är hybrider, dvs. du kan "dumpa" dem på ett USB-minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet. - Att "dumpa" en avbild på ett USB-minne förstör det filsystem som finns på enheten. All data kommer att gå förlorad och partitionens storlek blir reducerad till avbildens storlek. - För att återfå den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du partitionera och formatera om USB-enheten. -
Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Mageia - Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. IsoDumper
-
Använda ett grafiskt verktyg i Windows - Du kan prova: - - Rufus användning av "ISO image"-alternativet; - - Win32 Disk Imager
-
Använda kommandoraden i ett GNU/Linux-system - Det är potentiellt *farligt* att göra detta för hand. Du riskerar att skriva över en hårddiskpartition om du anger fel enhets-ID. - Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol: - Öppna en konsol - Bli root med följande kommando: su - (glöm inte '-' i slutet) - - Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som kan läsa det) - Skriv kommandot fdisk -l - - Alternativt kan du ta reda på enhetsnamnet med kommandot dmesg: I slutet kan du se namn som börjar med sd, och sdd. I det här fallet: - [72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd [72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000 [72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 @@ -390,26 +298,20 @@ I slutet kan du se namn som börjar med sd, och [72595.967251] sdd: sdd1 [72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk - Leta upp enhetsnamnet för din USB-sticka (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB. - Skriv kommandot: # dd if=sökväg/till/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M - Där X=din enhets namn t. ex. /dev/sdc - - Exempl: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + Example: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M - Skriv kommandot: # sync - Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart. diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/sv/addUser.xml index b33a193b..f2807bd5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/addUser.xml @@ -1,22 +1,18 @@ -
+
Hantering av användare och administratör - - -
Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord: - Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla Mageiainstallationer, vanligtvis kallat root-lösenord i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet @@ -24,102 +20,83 @@ i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroen på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs genom att jämföra dem så att du inte har skrivit fel. - Alla lösenord skiljer på stora och små bokstäver. Det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord.
-
Lägg till en användare - Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer, spela spel och allt annat som en vanlig användare gör med sin dator. - Ikon: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer användarens ikon att ändras. - Verkligt namn: Skriv in användarens verkliga namn i det här fältet. - Inloggningsnamn: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. Inloggningsnamnet känner av stora och små bokstäver. - Lösenord: I det här textfältet skriver du in användarens lösenord. Det finns en sköld i slutet av fältet som indikerar lösenordets styrka. (Se även ) - Lösenord (igen): Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i det här textfältet. Drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i båda fälten. - De användare som du lägger till när du installerar Mageia kommer att ha en hemkatalog med läs och skrivrättigheter (umask=0027). - Du kan lägga till fler användare i konfigureringsöversikten under installationen. Välj Användarhantering. - Rättigheterna för åtkomst kan också ändras efter installationen.
-
Avancerad hantering av användare - Om du klickar på knappen avancerat så kan du redigera inställningar för den användare du lägger till. - Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. - Allt som en gäst med ett standard rbash-gästkonto sparar till sin hemkatalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen bör spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne - Aktivera gästkonto: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter vem som helst att logga in och använda datorn, men har en mer begränsad tillgång än vanliga användare. - Skal: I den här menyn kan du ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda som du lade till i förra rutan. Antingen Bash, Dash eller Sh - Användar-ID: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Det är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör. - Grupp-ID: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Det är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml index b0aaccbb..b3eb4814 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/diskdrake.xml @@ -44,8 +44,9 @@ filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek eller radera den. -systempartition) är närvarande och korrekt monterad på /boot/EFI (se nedan) - - + @@ -53,8 +54,9 @@ filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek eller radera den. finns en BIOS boot-partition av korrekt typ. - - + +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml index 5cff1e64..7f3d1ffd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -19,12 +19,10 @@ partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat förslag på var layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar). - - - - - - + + @@ -65,12 +63,10 @@ genom att klicka och dra i mellanrummet mellan partitionerna. Se skärmdumpen nedan. - - - - - - + + @@ -143,12 +139,10 @@ diskpartitionering" för att skapa den med installationsprogrammet precis som med vilken annan partition. Välj BIOS boot- partition som filsystem. - - - - - - + + diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/reboot.xml b/docs/installer/sv/reboot.xml index c6c959b1..6d2ad0cc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/reboot.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/reboot.xml @@ -1,24 +1,18 @@ -
+
Starta om - - - - + När starthanteraren är installerad kommer du bli ombedd att ta bort LiveCDn och starta om datorn. Klicka på Klar och gör som du blir ombedd i den ordningen. - - - When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. -These indicate that the software media are being downloaded (see Software + When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These +indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software management). - diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml index 3cf9a6be..1a6d756d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/setupBootloader.xml @@ -28,17 +28,16 @@ Legacy/GPT-system. - Mageia's grafiska menyer är fina : + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
Grub2 för ett Legacy/MBR eller Legacy/GPT-system. - - - - + Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör. @@ -51,19 +50,18 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"/> kan välja mellan text eller grafisk meny. - - - - - + + - If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer + If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader -(Grub2-efi). If there was already UEFI operating systems previously -installed on your computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer -detected the existing ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it -is possible to have several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever -the number of operating systems you have. +(Grub2-efi). If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your +computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing +ESP created by Windows and adds grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have +several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of +operating systems you have. Ändra inte din "startenhet" om du inte verkligen vet vad du gör.
@@ -91,11 +89,10 @@ click on Next and then uncheck the box Probe Foreign OS - - - - - +
@@ -108,25 +105,25 @@ till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga.
- Using the chain loading + Using chain loading - If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but chain load it from another OS, + If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, click on Next, then on Advanced and Check the box Do not touch ESP or MBR. - - - - - + + - You will get a warning that the bootloader will lack, ignore it by a click -on OK. + You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking +OK. - + +
@@ -144,8 +141,9 @@ started up. Security: This allows you to set a password for the -bootloader. This means other people can not enter single user mode or change -settings at the boot time. +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. @@ -165,10 +163,10 @@ check that it matches with the one set above. Enable ACPI: ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by -stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Uncheck it be -useful, for example, if your computer does not support ACPI or if you think -the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance random -reboots or system lockups). +stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Unchecking it +could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if +you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance +random reboots or system lockups). @@ -185,7 +183,7 @@ IRQ (Interrupt Request) management. Enable Local APIC: Here you can set local APIC, which -manage all external interrupts for some specific processor in an SMP system. +manages all external interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system. diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index 4d2f5fe7..37c72330 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia Resmi Belgeleri" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml index f885d1ab..bafd0dd8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageia Resmi Belgeleri - + Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml index fc4ff618..c40e4be5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageia Resmi Belgeleri - + Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 333117a5..7843ceff 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "Офіційна документація до Mageia" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml index 12063c81..f70676c2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Офіційна документація до Mageia - + Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ю diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml index ad894f6f..3e0f247e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Офіційна документація до Mageia - + Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ю diff --git a/docs/installer/zh_CN.po b/docs/installer/zh_CN.po index 453f3be0..108b83f9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/zh_CN.po +++ b/docs/installer/zh_CN.po @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia 的官方文档" #. type: Content of: #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 msgid " " -msgstr " " +msgstr " " #. type: Content of:
#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 diff --git a/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml index b1d94ecb..cd3cef13 100644 --- a/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakLive-cover.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Mageia 的官方文档 - + 此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/）发布。 diff --git a/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml index 931c352d..ca649d75 100644 --- a/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml +++ b/docs/installer/zh_CN/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Mageia 的官方文档 - + 此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/）发布。 diff --git a/docs/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml index 742042ab..10dbdbf8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/zh_CN/setupBootloader.xml @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC--> - Mageia 的图形化菜单： + The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)
@@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ grub2-efi。尽管多个 ESP 可以共存，但只需一个 ESP 即可满足启 这么做，请点击下一步，然后取消勾选检测其他操作系统 - - +
@@ -109,7 +109,8 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> 安装程序将会提醒您缺少引导器，请忽略它并点击确定。 - + +
@@ -124,7 +125,10 @@ fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png" align="center"/> - 安全：用于设置引导器的密码。可以防止其他人进入单用户模式，或者修改引导参数。 + Security: This allows you to set a password for the +bootloader. This means a username and password will be asked at the boot +time to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is "root" +and the password is the one chosen here after. diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po index 8979917f..48169729 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po @@ -6396,7 +6396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml index d1409aac..715940f6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/cs/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The tools to configure the Mageia system - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index 834664ce..5fc3a228 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -7925,7 +7925,7 @@ msgstr "Die Werkzeuge zum konfigurieren des Mageia-Systems" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml index 27e79bac..1a021d89 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Die Werkzeuge zum konfigurieren des Mageia-Systems - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po index 10e6b038..ae48c3ea 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po @@ -7931,7 +7931,7 @@ msgstr "Τα εργαλεία για την διαμόρφωση του συστ #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml index 23ead18f..87cbb473 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Τα εργαλεία για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματος Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index f7235520..b9f64532 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -7800,7 +7800,7 @@ msgstr "Las herramientas para configurar el sistem Mageia." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml index cf77f1dc..273e5614 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Las herramientas para configurar el sistem Mageia. - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po index 1d1dafb9..65c5006a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po @@ -7659,7 +7659,7 @@ msgstr "Tööriistad Mageia süsteemi seadistamiseks" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml index 54a19e96..217f9616 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Tööriistad Mageia süsteemi seadistamiseks - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po index 37c5e591..95cb0931 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po @@ -7703,7 +7703,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia sistema konfiguratzeko tresna" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml index 6b8d779b..6100d388 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Mageia sistema konfiguratzeko tresna - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po index d7aea44f..78ec898f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po @@ -7845,7 +7845,7 @@ msgstr "Les outils pour configurer le système Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml index 4a451615..87e32752 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Les outils pour configurer le système Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po index c222cdd5..2adbab3a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po @@ -7654,7 +7654,7 @@ msgstr "Peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi sistem Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml index 4bae7532..997774b2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi sistem Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index a0729e97..6e912864 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -6551,7 +6551,7 @@ msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml index ad7e0881..a53bb07f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Lo strumento per configurare Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja.po b/docs/mcc-help/ja.po index 63258427..7d5ba16c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ja.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ja.po @@ -6366,7 +6366,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml index 2e93c75c..11eed19e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ja/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The tools to configure the Mageia system - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po index db656e51..2b2ee522 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -7752,7 +7752,7 @@ msgstr "De tools om het Mageia-systeem naar wens aan te passen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml index cc80aecf..716dfa33 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ De tools om het Mageia-systeem naar wens aan te passen - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po index 4c5800b1..f202c16a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po @@ -7761,7 +7761,7 @@ msgstr "As ferramentas para configurar o sistema Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml index 8a6169fc..9afe1cb5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ As ferramentas para configurar o sistema Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index 8a76cca3..1de19e61 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -7769,7 +7769,7 @@ msgstr "Uneltele pentru configurarea sistemului Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml index a9544c11..5da2c05d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Uneltele pentru configurarea sistemului Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po index 397ccd14..36eb4b11 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po @@ -7948,7 +7948,7 @@ msgstr "The tools to configure the Mageia system" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml index acaf6345..8d9f4e67 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The tools to configure the Mageia system - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl.po b/docs/mcc-help/sl.po index 3622ecf1..43b5078a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sl.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:58+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-24 09:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan \n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "Language: sl\n" @@ -5025,57 +5025,57 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "hname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hname" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "dns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dns" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "net" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "mask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mask" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "rng1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rng1" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "rng2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rng2" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "dname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dname" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "gateway" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gateway" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "tftpserverip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tftpserverip" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "dhcpd_interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dhcpd_interface" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 @@ -5538,22 +5538,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "cache_dir" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cache_dir" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "localnet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "localnet" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cache_mem" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 @@ -5564,12 +5564,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "cache_peer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cache_peer" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "visible_hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "visible_hostname" #. type: Content of:
#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 @@ -6270,7 +6270,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 msgid "lspcidrake | grep VGA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lspcidrake | grep VGA" #. type: Content of:
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 @@ -6280,7 +6280,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 msgid "lspcidrake | grep -i network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lspcidrake | grep -i network" #. type: Content of:
#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 @@ -6425,7 +6425,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 @@ -6434,6 +6434,9 @@ msgid "" "3.0 license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/." msgstr "" +"Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons." +"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/." #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 @@ -8567,7 +8570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 msgid "Appsocket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Appsocket" #. type: Content of:
#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml index 61cb0e86..9e75f73c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sl/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,12 +15,11 @@ The tools to configure the Mageia system - + - The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA -3.0 license Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja Nadzorno središče Mageia - The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA -3.0 license Besedilo in zaslonski posnetki so licencirani z CC BY-SA 3.0 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. Ta navodila so bila ustvarjena s pomočjo orodja #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml index a0c0ee20..ccbb9ea9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Verktyg för att konfigurera Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po index a5ffabaa..bbc26086 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po @@ -7677,7 +7677,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia sistemi yapılandırmak için gerekli araçlar" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml index 4e087cca..55bce033 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Mageia sistemi yapılandırmak için gerekli araçlar - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po index 8a598df0..b188de0b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "потім натисніть кнопку Виправити, на вкладці " "«Групи». Позначте пункт групи fileshare і натисніть кнопку " "Гаразд. Докладніший опис програми Userdrake можна " -"знайти на цій сторінці." +"знайти у розділі ." #. type: Content of:
#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 @@ -7930,7 +7930,7 @@ msgstr "Інструменти для налаштовування систем #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml index ed1a8de6..78522ea9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Інструменти для налаштовування системи Mageia - + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml index 8a328527..1f56f0da 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk/diskdrake--fileshare.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Userdrake. За допомогою Userdrake ви зможете додати к групи, потім натисніть кнопку Виправити, на вкладці «Групи». Позначте пункт групи fileshare і натисніть кнопку Гаразд. Докладніший опис програми Userdrake можна -знайти на цій сторінці. +знайти у розділі . diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po index f001b905..c7e5b89c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po @@ -7196,7 +7196,7 @@ msgstr "用于配置 Mageia 系统的工具" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of:
#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml index 00ed7560..75433989 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ 用于配置 Mageia 系统的工具 - + -- cgit v1.2.1